Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Omni Bridgeway Limited

Omni Bridgeway Limited

obl · ASX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker obl
Exchange ASX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Omni Bridgeway Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2023

Omni Bridgeway is a global leader 
in financing and managing legal risk. 

Industry acknowledgement

We are honoured to receive endorsement 
and recognition for Omni Bridgeway’s industry 
leadership and pioneering solutions. 

Find out more at
omnibridgeway.com/acknowledgement

Omni Bridgeway acknowledges the traditional custodians of the lands 
on which we live, work, and operate. We pay respect to their connections 
to land, sea, and community and to Elders past, present, and emerging.

Omni Bridgeway

Contents

Highlights

Group at a glance

Estimated value from future completions

A balanced and diversified portfolio

FY23 highlights

Overview

Chairman's report

Managing Director's report

Geographic reach

Regional highlights

ESG and corporate social responsibility

Global risk, regulation and governance

Directors’ report

Letter from the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee

Remuneration Report

Auditor's Independence Declaration

2

4

5

6

8

10

16

18

20

22

24

35

36

45

Financial report

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statement of Changes In Equity

Notes to the Financial Statements

Directors' Declaration

Independent Auditor's Report

Shareholder and other information

Shareholder information

Corporate information

Glossary

Non-IFRS financial information and disclosure

IEV attribution assumptions

46

47

48

49

51

103

104

109

112

113

118

119

All figures are in Australian dollars (AUD, A$) unless otherwise stated.

Annual Report 2023

1

Group at a glance

Alternative 
investment manager 
with ~$2.5bn FUM

Proven 35+ year 
track record of  
high investment 
returns 

Uncorrelated to 
macro economic 
dynamics

Global focus with 
extensive reach in 
Americas, APAC 
and EMEA

Diversified, scalable, 
returns focused 
platform

How we create value

Our strategic priorities leverage the strength of our platform and our expertise 
in litigation finance and dispute management. Utilising specialist capabilities 
in origination and risk management, we provide innovative solutions and 
comprehensive support from case inception to completion. 

Executing on these priorities enables us to extend access to justice for our 
clients, improve risk adjusted returns across our portfolios, and create long 
term growth for our fund investors and shareholders.

2

Omni Bridgeway

Strategic priorities

Enterprise-wide capability in developing unique products and fund structures 
to expand market reach, scale and drive returns.

Upsize Funds 4 and 5

Finalise Fund 8

Launch unique new funds

Grow value of portfolio 

Leverage sourcing and 
origination expertise

Enhance financial flexibility 
and capacity

Maximise capital reallocation 
opportunities

Increase capital partnerships

Improve cost coverage and support 
sustainable growth through 
improved operational efficiencies

Expand into new markets 
and areas of law

Drive competitive advantage 
in pricing and structuring

Diversify income streams through 
secondary transactions

Launch unique fund structures 
and products

Continue to drive secondary market 
evolution

Accelerate risk adjusted returns

Maintain top performance culture 
and attract, retain and develop the 
best industry talent

Return on 
investor capital

Risk adjusted returns to 
external fund investors and 
shareholders through matter 
completions and secondary 
market transactions.

Cost and risk
mitigation

Support clients to enable 
them to pursue legal 
recoveries without cost 
or risk.

Access 
to justice

Provide the ability for the 
small and impecunious 
claimant, or those who face 
powerful opponents, for 
access to justice.

Community 
support

Pro bono and 
other support for the 
communities in which 
we live and work.

Annual Report 2023

3

Estimated value from future completions

$30.5bn EPV

Estimated Portfolio Value1

IEV is based on the 
realisation of the current 
unconditionally funded 
portfolio, utilising a 
normalised 15% EPV 
conversion rate.

$3.9bn IEV

Implied Embedded Value2
($26.0bn unconditionally funded EPV)

$2.9bn

IEV provisionally 
attributable 
to NCI

$1.0bn

IEV provisionally 
attributable 
to OBL3,4

~$20m 
 per annum
Estimated 
management fees4 
from NCI to OBL

~$240m
Potential 
performance fees4,5 
from NCI to OBL

1. Includes all current investments (unconditional, conditionally funded, IC approved and investments disclosed as income yet to be recognised). 

2. Includes current unconditional investments and those disclosed as income yet to be recognised. 

3. Based upon OBL equity co-investment income rights.

4. Further information on the provisional attribution of IEV, estimated management fees and potential performance fees used in this report is available on page 119.

5. Based on the Group historic 1.1x ROIC and achieving 20% IRR hurdle of completed investments.

4

Omni Bridgeway

 
A balanced and diversified portfolio

The portfolio is strategically balanced offering growth potential in all regions. 
We anticipate an ongoing trend of increasing investments in the Americas and EMEA.

Our diversified model will continue to be a critical comparative advantage providing 
mitigation of competition, regulatory impact and portfolio concentration risks; we have 
consistently grown, innovated and strengthened our platform and business offering 
in contrast to our peers.

EPV1 by region

EPV1 by funding source

EPV1 by investment type

APAC

Americas

EMEA

 31% 

 40% 

 29% 

Balance sheet

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

Fund 8

<1%

 11% 

 30% 

 45% 

 13% 

<1%

Single party

Class actions

Arbitration

Law firm

Other²

 35% 

 26% 

 25% 

 8% 

 6% 

EPV profile

Future completions

Balance sheet

Funds 2&3

Fund 4
Fund 53
Fund 64
Fund 73
Fund 85,6
Funded EPV7

Conditionally funded 

IC approved 
Total EPV1

3

274

13

14

301

Possible completion of EPV $m

#

5

23

40

57

Fund size

Average 
duration

FY24

FY25

FY26

FY27+

n/a

8.3 yrs  

22   

–   

$189m

4.4 yrs  

1,084   

1,257   

4   

74   

5   

803   

US$500m 

1.4 yrs  

1,240   

2,356   

2,679   

2,876   

US$500m 

1.6 yrs  

2,185   

2,512   

1,086   

4,091   

146

€188m

7.4 yrs  

415   

827   

647   

1,798   

Total

31 

3,218 

9,151 

9,874 

3,687 

–  US$100m   

–   

€150m

0.4 yrs

–   

8

–   

7

–   

11

–   

27

–   

53

IEV

5

483

1,373

1,481

553

– 

8

5.0 yrs  

4,954   

6,959   

4,501   

9,600   

26,014   

3,903 

2,127 

2,334 

30,475 

1. Includes all current investments (unconditional, conditionally funded, IC approved and investments disclosed as income yet to be recognised). 

2. Includes appeal, commercial and corporate funding.  

3. Fund 5 and Fund 7 are not consolidated within the Group Consolidated Financial Statements, here they are presented at 100%. 

4. Fund size is €150m plus an over commitment allowance of 25%.

5. Investments warehoused on OBL balance sheet, fund size subject to completion of the debt facility.

6. The principal protection insurance extends the indemnity to €270 million which facilitates a second series or an upsize of series I. 

7. Includes current unconditional investments and those disclosed as income yet to be recognised. 

Annual Report 2023

5

 
 
 
 
FY23 highlights 

Financial performance
For the 12 months ended 30 June 2023

Total gross income and revenue

Net profit after tax

EPV conversion rate

$333.0m

+51% on FY22  

$0.9m

+203% 2H23 v 1H23

14%

Life to date completed  
investments1

Funds under management

Cash and receivables2

Implied embedded value2,4

~$2.5bn

Across a balanced portfolio

$360.4m

Plus access to up to 
$60m debt

$3.9bn

+9% on FY22

Commitments2,3 ($m)

EPV2,3 ($bn)

$544.2m +17% 

$30.5bn +12% 

1Q FY23
2Q FY23

3Q FY23
4Q FY23

Balance sheet
Fund 1
Fund 2&3
Fund 4

Fund 5
Fund 6
Fund 8

1. Reflects completions in Funds 1 to 5 and OBL balance sheet since their inception, excluding partial secondary market sales. Reflects Fund 6 completions since OBE 

acquisition in 2019, including investments acquired and funded subsequently. Fund 1 includes metrics up to 31 May 2023, the date of its deconsolidation. 

2. Fund 5 is not consolidated within the Group Consolidated Financial Statements, here it is presented at 100%.

3. Includes all current investments (unconditional, conditionally funded, IC approved and investments disclosed as income yet to be recognised).

4. Includes current unconditional investments and those disclosed as income yet to be recognised. 

5. IRR information prior to FY12 is not available due to the difficulty in extracting it from legacy systems.

6

Omni Bridgeway

313.2412.6463.3223.0544.268.7235.593.8146.2FY19FY20FY21FY22FY239.515.820.127.230.5FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23Strategic initiatives 

Finalise new fund
Finalise the first series of our €300m 
fund focused on global judgement 
enforcement investments by securing 
a limited recourse debt facility of up to  
€135m with standby equity of up to 
€15m to be provided by OBL.

Secondary markets
The demand for mid-cycle, quality legal 
risk assets in the secondary market is 
a testament to our strong sourcing and 
underwriting expertise. 

Innovation
Greatly enhanced our foundational 
capabilities by embracing cloud 
technologies and fortifying data 
governance practices to facilitate 
our ability to scale.

Leadership
Omni continues to pave the way in the 
regulatory arena with leadership roles 
in ELFA (Chairman) and ILFA (Board 
member) to ensure a stable operating 
environment that fosters growth 
and profitability.

Returns
Our diversified and resilient platform 
and unrivalled expertise in sourcing and 
underwriting quality investments has 
potential to generate strong cash returns 
for our investors as the market matures.

Growth
We continued to lay the groundwork 
for growth by expanding our scope 
and geographic reach into developing 
markets including Paris, Milan 
and Miami.

Since 2000, we have 
realised $5.0bn for clients, 
of which $1.7bn in 
investment proceeds have 
flowed to the Group. 

 ROIC

1.10x

 IRR5

77%

Life to date 
completed 
investments1

Annual Report 2023

7

Chairman’s report

FY23 was a milestone year, marked by successful 
execution of key strategies including substantially 
completing the build-out of our global platform in 
existing key markets, which we upgraded and 
upscaled, to solidify Omni Bridgeway’s position 
as the industry’s leading manager of legal assets.	

Michael Kay

Non-Executive Director and Chairman

I am delighted to report we have 
achieved each of the key goals 
we set for FY23:

• Generating $283 million 
investment income from 
matter completions and 
secondary market disposals.

•

Increasing our estimated 
portfolio value by 12% to    
$30.5 billion. 

• Committing a record 
$544 million to new 
investments, up 17%.

• Expanding into new locations 
and key jurisdictions within  
United States and Europe.  

• Advancing our modelling 

capabilities and specialised 
functions to support how 
we price risk.

• Completing an integration 

across all back-office 
operations and regional hubs. 

• Strengthening our Board, 
Investment Committees, 
and management teams.

8

Omni Bridgeway

Strategy
As we continue the implementation of 
our strategic plan, the development and 
evolution of our business is apparent. 
We have significantly advanced our 
pricing and modelling capabilities using 
highly sophisticated probability analytics, 
resulting in more precise evaluations to 
help achieve greater risk adjusted returns 
from positive case outcomes. Risk is 
not only on the downside, but also in 
undervaluing the upside, and in FY23 we 
continued to enhance our assessment 
capabilities globally across the full 
investment lifecycle.

We note the evolving use of fair value 
accounting and reporting by some of 
our peers. We intend to explore the use 
of fair value reporting to assist with 
appropriate peer comparisons and 
to enhance the assessment of the 
embedded value in our assets. 

The feasibility of launching two new 
similarly structured funds, aiming for 
higher management fees and lower 
performance fees, one of which may be 
focused on investments with a positive 
ESG profile, is ongoing.

We continued to unlock opportunities 
in the secondary market completing two 
transactions which diversified income 
sources and generated gross proceeds 
of approximately $76 million. Secondary 
market sales are likely to be a meaningful 
contribution to our business, validating 
our underlying business model, as we 
recycle capital, de-risk the portfolio 
and accelerate returns.

Our boots-on-the-ground approach 
to business development, jurisdictional 
eminence, and origination of investment 

opportunities versus ‘fly in, fly out’ is what 
distinguishes us from our competitors.

We have completed the expansion in the 
United States, Italy, and France to ensure 
sufficient presence in these attractive and 
developing markets and continue to have 
a geographic footprint that exceeds any 
of our peers. 

This was achieved through a combination 
of fully remote and hybrid in-office roles, 
allowing us to attract and retain top 
global talent. We secured first-mover 
advantage in several markets, evidenced 
by early investment opportunities and the 
notable market profile we’ve received.

With the strategic build-out substantially 
complete in our existing key markets, our 
focus for FY24 is on operational efficiency 
and expense discipline. Our platform – 
combined with targeting improved pricing 
and duration risk protection – will result 
in outperformance and value creation 
to support our leading market position.

Capital management 

The Board will continue to make risk 
adjusted capital allocation decisions 
that are appropriate for our operating 
circumstances, including the availability of 
franking credits, merger and acquisition 
opportunities, capital deployment 
requirements to increase the asset base, 
and the share price relative to the implicit 
value of Omni Bridgeway.

In August 2022, the Group initiated an 
on-market share buy-back program for 
an aggregate amount of up to $50 million. 
Whilst we believe that investing in Omni 
Bridgeway’s shares at opportune times 
will be value accretive to our shareholders 
and send a strong signal to the market 
of our confidence in the outlook for the 

  
business, we instead elected to invest in 
our platform and deploy capital to new 
and existing investments. This is expected 
to deliver strong and accretive returns 
over time.

Board and 
management renewal

After more than eight years in the role, 
Andrew Saker will retire as Managing 
Director and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) 
of the Group. On behalf of the Board, 
I’d like to thank him for his extraordinary 
commitment and leadership and for 
his achievements during his tenure. 
We now have a truly global platform with 
operations in Australia, the United States, 
Asia, Canada, the UK, continental Europe, 
and the Middle East. The Group has 
transformed from a balance sheet funder 
to a co-investor and manager of non-
recourse financing investing in legal 
assets across unique fund structures, 
managing approximately $2.5 billion. 
This has allowed Omni Bridgeway to scale 
rapidly, at lower risk and, as the funds 
mature, at higher risk adjusted returns.

Mr Saker laid the foundations for growth 
and innovation that will continue to serve 
our clients and shareholders well into the 
future. I would also like to acknowledge 
his absolute focus on driving our business 
and on the continued execution of our 
strategy during the CEO transition. On 
behalf of everyone at Omni Bridgeway, 
I wish Andrew the very best for the future 
and record our thanks and appreciation 
for the extraordinary job he has done 
over the past eight years.

Executive Director, Managing Director 
and Chief Investment Officer (CIO) 
of EMEA, Raymond van Hulst, will be 
appointed CEO upon Mr Saker’s 
retirement. The succession will take effect 
on 26 October 2023 at this year’s AGM. 

Mr van Hulst previously held a wide 
range of senior roles having been a key 
member of the legacy Omni Bridgeway 
team for over 20 years, as such, he brings 
a breadth of experience of legal risk 
asset management.

Since the merger with Omni Bridgeway 
Holding B.V in 2019, Mr van Hulst has 
focused on the globalisation of the 
enforcement investment strategy 
and the integration of the businesses. 
His experience will provide business 
continuity and a smooth transition.

We made other important leadership 
appointments including Guillaume 
Leger as Global Chief Financial Officer 
in September 2022, Hannah van Roessel 
as Co-Chief Investment Officer in EMEA in 
February 2023 and Ian Munro as Global 
Head of People and Culture in May 2023. 

After 21 years of service, Michael Bowen 
stepped down as Non-Executive Director 
in November 2022. In line with our stated 
objective of Board renewal, in April 2023, 
we appointed Michael Green as Non-

Executive Director based in the United 
Kingdom. Mr Green’s 30+ years in the 
international financial services sector, 
including asset management, insurance/
reinsurance, product and risk 
management, and business development 
and transformation, adds considerable 
experience to the Board. 

We also intend to explore the 
appointment of another northern 
hemisphere-based director to reflect 
our significant and growing operations 
in that region.

The Board currently comprises four 
Non-Executive Directors and two 
Executive Directors resulting in a majority 
independent Board. In terms of Board 
diversity, women currently represent 
33% of the Board and 50% of the 
Non-Executive Directors. 

As one of our core values, we take a 
broad view of diversity including seeking 
a range of perspectives, skill sets and 
backgrounds in our Board composition 
in addition to gender and other 
considerations. 

Macro environment

With a challenging global economy facing 
ongoing geopolitical disruption, stressed 
financial markets, and high inflation – 
coinciding with the removal of financial 
and economic interventions in key 
markets – the pace of economic growth 
continues to slow, and market volatility is 
anticipated in the short to medium term. 

Omni Bridgeway, as an alternative asset 
manager and investor in litigation and 
enforcement assets, offers investors 
a model that is typically uncorrelated 
with economic cycles and macro events. 
Demand for our capital increases as other 
capital sources become more restricted. 
The number of insolvencies and general 
commercial disputes are likely to 
increase; this creates opportunities, 
improves our efficiencies and enhances 
our scalability.

Omni Bridgeway has a pricing model that 
provides a natural hedge against inflation. 
Typically, investment costs are passed 
on to the client and reimbursed on 
successful completion of the investment. 

Further, returns are structured as a 
multiple of costs, that covers inflation, or 
as a percentage of the damages including 
interest that typically ameliorates the 
impact of inflation. We are also 
increasingly protected against duration 
risk as our contracted returns reflect 
the time value of money.

The emerging global market for legal 
finance continues to mature, and 
competition is contracting as capital 
becomes constricted. We may see smaller 
specialised operations enter the market 
to facilitate discrete and limited books of 
business, but we do not anticipate these 
to directly compete with our model.

Our strong capital position, and 
continued access to capital, amid 
an uncertain economic environment, 
positions us well within the competitive 
and macro landscapes. Our diversified 
model will continue to be a critical 
comparative advantage; we have 
consistently grown, innovated and 
strengthened our platform and business 
offering in contrast to others in the 
asset class. 

New Investment 
Committee members

We welcomed four Investment 
Committee members to our team. 

Ms Leora Ben-Ami is a US based 
intellectual property attorney, globally 
recognised in the biotechnology, life 
sciences and pharmaceuticals sectors, 
and has held several leadership positions 
in top-tier law firms. 

Judge Winifred Y. Smith (Ret) ’s 
distinguished career includes serving on 
the bench of California’s Alameda County 
Superior Court for over two decades, 
covering a multitude of civil matters 
and culminating in being selected as 
Presiding Judge. 

Mr Geoffrey Senogles is a damages 
and valuation expert with extensive 
experience in testifying in litigation and 
international arbitration matters, based 
in Switzerland. 

Ms Ariana J Tadler is the founding 
partner of Tadler Law LLP and has 
30 years experience advocating for 
consumers and investors while litigating 
securities, consumer and data breach 
class actions and complex matters. 

Their appointments expand the depth 
of expertise that can be drawn on for 
particular investment decisions and add 
outside perspective, helping us prevent 
group think and further bolstering our 
rigorous assessment process.

Summary

On behalf of the Board, I would like 
to thank management and staff for this 
milestone year of exceptional effort and 
achievement. 

We have strengthened core facets of our 
business and continue to set the highest 
industry standards as we transition to the 
next phase of our strategy with Mr van 
Hulst as CEO elect. 

We are well positioned to realise the full 
benefit of our strategy and will deliver 
increasing and sustainable value to our 
stakeholders in FY24 and beyond.

Michael Kay
Chairman

Annual Report 2023

9

Managing Director’s report

I am pleased to announce several notable 
achievements during FY23 and report on 
a strong finish to the year, underpinned 
by gathering market momentum and the 
effectiveness of our diversified funds 
management strategy.

Andrew Saker

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer

2H23 NPAT turnaround on 1H23

203%

Litigation investment proceeds

$283.4m

IYTBR at 30 June 2023

$55.2m

Annual commitments

17% growth

Estimated portfolio value

12% growth

Implied embedded value 
provisionally attributable to OBL 
(excl. management and performance fees)

$1.0bn

$3.9bn total IEV

Record gross income 
and strong 2H23 profit

The Group realised a profit after tax 
(before NCI) of $0.9 million, a notable 
2H23 turnaround of $61.1 million and 
a 203% improvement compared to 1H23. 

This demonstrates the variability of 
returns from investments with binary 
outcomes, lower expenses and signals 
momentum heading into FY24. 

Material NCI distributions were made, 
accelerating anticipated income for 
shareholders in FY24.

In FY23, we achieved a significant 
milestone generating $283.4 million from 
33 investment completions and secondary 
market transactions, plus $55.2 million 
income yet to be recognised from 
conditionally completed investments. 
This excludes $86.6 million in third-party 
income from the sale of an investment 
vehicle in December 2022.

Additionally, we experienced growing 
management fees, which increased by 
31% compared to the previous year, 
reaching $7.5 million.

Higher FY23 expenses predominately 
relate to the expansion of the platform, 
strategic investments in new operating 
locations and marketing efforts including 
increased headcount to 224, from 199, 
and expenses which were previously 
subdued due to reduced expenditure 
during COVID-19.

10

Omni Bridgeway

Total expenses in the second half were 
9% lower than the first half, reflecting non-
recurring items and initial savings from 
a renewed focus on expense discipline. 

We streamlined processes, optimised 
workflows and enhanced productivity. 

As a result of these initiatives, 
we anticipate: 

• Further expense discipline in FY24.
• Continued improvement in operational 

efficiencies.

• Value created by investment managers 

in excess of our cost base.

Impairment expense and adverse 
cost charges of $13.1 million, up from 
$8.1 million in FY22, reflects the Group’s 
best estimate of the exposure across 
several investments.

 
$m

Consolidated Group
Litigation investments proceeds1

2H23

1H23

Change 
from 
1H23

FY23

FY22

Change 
from 
FY22

139.6   

96.1 

 45% 

235.7   

217.3 

 8% 

Cash proceeds on sale of participation in Fund 1 assets

47.7   

– 

47.7   

– 

Litigation income proceeds
(grossed up to include all Funds at 100%)

Third party income from sale of investment vehicle

Less third party interest of Fund 5

Litigation investments proceeds 

Management fees

Interest revenue and other

187.3   

–   

96.1 

86.6 

(33.6)   

(18.2) 

 95 %  

283.4   

217.3 

 30 %

86.6   

– 

(51.8)   

(12.6) 

153.7   

164.5 

 (7%)   

318.2   

204.7 

4.0   

5.1   

3.5 

2.2 

 14% 

7.5   

7.3   

5.7 

10.6 

 55% 

 31% 

Total gross income and revenue

162.8   

170.2 

 (4%)   

333.0   

221.0 

 51% 

Litigation investments costs derecognised (non-cash)

(45.2)   

(61.5) 

(106.7)   

(131.8) 

 19% 

Derecognition of subsidiary and recognition of residual interest in F1

(20.5)   

– 

Reclassification to share of income from associates

Third party share of sale of investment vehicle

0.2   

(2.5) 

–   

(86.6) 

(20.5)   

(2.3)   

(86.6)   

– 

– 

– 

Total income  (reflecting Consolidated Group)

97.2   

19.6 

 396%   

116.8   

89.2 

 31% 

Litigation investments – impairment and adverse costs

Amortisation of litigation investments – claims portfolio

(9.4)   

(1.3)   

(3.7) 

 (154%)   

(13.1)   

(2.7) 

(4.0)   

(8.1) 

(5.7) 

Employee expenses

Other expenses

(35.0)   

(39.0) 

(14.5)   

(17.6) 

(74.0)   

(59.1) 

(32.1)   

(25.5) 

 52% 

 10% 

 18% 

Fair value adjustments of financial assets and liabilities

2.6   

– 

 100% 

2.6   

7.4 

 (61%) 

 28% 

 (25%) 

 (26%) 

 (65%) 

Profit / (loss) before tax

39.6   

(43.4) 

 191%   

(3.8)   

(1.8) 

 (111%) 

Income tax benefit / (expense)

Profit / (loss) after tax

(8.6)   

13.3 

 (165%)   

31.0   

(30.1) 

 203%   

4.7   

0.9   

8.3 

6.5 

 (44%) 

 (86%) 

We continued to make strategic business investments to generate 
higher levels of future income, particularly in developing markets 
including Italy and France. We are now the largest manager of 
legal risk in the world with a presence in five continents, across 
14 countries.  

This expansion in our productive capacity delivered significant 
efficiency gains in key business metrics relating to our investment 
managers. The EPV per investment manager increased 22% to 
$341 million during the year, and, over the last four years, has 
achieved a compound annual growth rate of 14%.

Another notable metric is new EPV created per investment 
manager which grew 16% in the period to $138 million. 

This important measure reflects that we are leveraging our talent 
to produce more EPV per investment manager enhanced by our 
ability to attract, retain and develop the best talent in the industry 
globally. Furthermore, it also highlights we have generated 
significant value over and above costs for the period.

$m

Efficiency ratios

EPV / investment manager

New investment EPV / investment manager
Management fees2 / cash operational expenses3
Total expenditure3/ IEV
Working capital ratio

Headcount

Number of locations

EPV

FY23

FY22

Change from 
FY22

341

138

 16% 

 3% 

2.6:1   

224

26

279

119

 20% 

 2% 

2.3:1 

199

23

30,475

27,202

 22% 

 16% 

 (20%) 

 50% 

 13% 

 13% 

 13% 

 12% 

1. Data includes interest income on purchased claims. 1H23 and FY22 have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect this.

2. Includes management and servicing contribution from Fund 6, which is recognised as an equity contribution.

3. Excluding amortisation, impairments, adverse costs, interest and LTIP.

Annual Report 2023

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managing Director’s report continued

Balance sheet

The Group continues to maintain a strong 
financial position based on $129.2 million 
cash and receivables on OBL balance 
sheet and access of up to $60 million 
undrawn debt. We have sufficient capital 
and dry powder to support growth, 
deployment obligations, liquidity 
requirements and corporate initiatives.

Across various businesses, there is no 
universal standard for determining the 
ideal level of liquidity. For Omni Bridgeway, 
assessing the appropriate liquidity level 
involves our evaluation of the Group’s 
needs in light of potential completions 
for the forthcoming period, funding 
requirements for new investments and 

essential working capital. We believe that 
retaining a minimum of 12 months’ cash 
to cover operational expenses is both 
prudent and effective. This approach 
ensures that we maintain financial stability 
and balance sheet resilience. 

In May 2022, we secured a five-year, 
$250 million institutional debt facility 
to enhance capital efficiency and provide 
greater flexibility. This facility allowed us to 
redeem $148 million of outstanding Fixed 
Rate Notes and Bonds on 8 July 2022, 
in advance of their maturity.

In March 2023, we accessed an additional 
$40 million for general working capital 
purposes. The carrying value was 

$181.6 million, at 30 June 2023 
($190 million proceeds, net of $8.4 million 
capitalisation and amortisation costs 
relating to the debt issuance, and is 
classified as non-current debt).

Cashflow

The cash generated during the year was 
driven by key completions and collection 
of receivables. We anticipate significant 
potential cash inflows from investment 
completions as our funds mature, and as 
secondary market transactions become 
a larger portion of our income.

Consolidated Group (non-IFRS presentation) $m

Proceeds from litigation investments - claims portfolio

Proceeds from litigation investments - purchase claims

Proceeds from litigation investments - intangible assets

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries

Management and performance fees received

Interest received

Payments to suppliers and employees

Income tax paid

Other operating activity outflows

Total cashflows from business operation

Payments for litigation investments - claims portfolio

Payments for litigation investments - purchase claims

Payments for litigation investments - intangible assets

Payments for litigation investments - capitalised overhead and employee costs

Other investing activity outflows

Total cashflows used in litigation investments

Contributions from NCI

Distributions to NCI

Other financing activity outflows

Total cashflows from finance activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Net foreign exchange difference

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

FY23

4.8

0.7

121.8

75.8

203.1

8.8

1.8

213.7

(106.0)

(3.6)

(19.5)

84.6

(16.8)

–

(157.7)

(7.8)

(2.2)

FY22

13.4

6.4

273.3

–

293.1

12.6

0.3

306.0

(74.1)

(4.8)

(7.4)

219.7

(14.6)

–

(105.6)

(6.7)

(3.9)

(184.5)

(130.8)

135.9

(93.2)

42.7

15.1

57.8

(42.1)

0.1

159.0

117.0

43.6

(113.3)

(69.7)

(4.6)

(74.3)

14.6

1.8

142.6

159.0

Trade and other receivables

140.8

127.8

12

Omni Bridgeway

Portfolio overview1

At 30 June 2023, our portfolio consisted 
of over 300 investments with a net 
carrying value of $741.8 million, including 
Fund 5 at 100%. 

Our annual commitments, including 
conditional and unconditional capital 
commitments, amounted to 
$544.2 million, marking a 17% increase 
from the previous year and a compound 
annual growth rate of 25% since FY19. 

New commitments, across 98 investments 
relating to matters that are newly funded, 
conditionally approved or have had 
updated budgets, are diverse in both 
investment type and area of law.

These significant investment commitments 
have allowed us to diversify our global 
portfolio across various jurisdictions, 
geographies, case types, clients, and 
service providers, positioning us 
strategically for potential growth and 
opportunities in diverse markets.

The current pipeline of indicative 
investment opportunities is approximately 
$195 million across 22 term sheets 
with clients. 

FY23 commitments by 
investment type

FY23 commitments by 
area of law

Single party

Class actions

Law firm

Arbitration

Other

 30% 

 30% 

 18% 

 11% 

 11% 

Mixed Portfolio

Anti-trust

Patent

Bilateral investment 
treaty

Securities class action

Insolvency

Breach of contract

Other

 12% 

 10% 

 9% 

 8% 

 8% 

 7% 

 7% 

 39% 

Unlocking secondary 
market opportunities

Embracing a culture of continuous 
innovation is instrumental in our 
adaptation to evolving market conditions 
and staying ahead of emerging industry 
trends including utilising the secondary 
market.

During the year, we completed two 
strategic transactions which diversified our 
income sources and yielded gross cash 
proceeds of approximately $76 million.

In a significant milestone, the sale of 
a participation in Fund 1 assets allowed 
us to recycle capital, de-risk the portfolio, 
and expedite returns. 

Secondary market transactions will play 
a pivotal role in and become a meaningful 
contributor to our income generation, 
whilst also controlling the liquidity of an 
investment, ensuring a diversified income 
stream, accelerating realisations in our 
portfolio and mitigating risk. 

Developments in 
specific investments

The Group’s balance sheet investment 
in the Brisbane Floods class action, 
Wivenhoe Dam, completed in June 2023. 
A final tranche of income of $16.0 million 
was recognised in 4Q23 and reflects the 
finalisation of the loss assessment by 
external counsel. Receipt of the final cash 
distribution of $13.7 million is anticipated 
in late August 2023 and is reflected in 
the balance sheet receivable balance 
at 30 June 2023.

The Westgem investment on the Group’s 
balance sheet is fully impaired. In June 
2023, the High Court of Australia declined 
to grant special leave to appeal the 
Supreme Court of Western Australia 
Court of Appeal's decision. 

The appeal petition to the US Supreme 
Court in relation to the fully impaired Fund 
4 investment was denied in April 2023. 
As there are no further avenues for 
appeal, the investment was removed from 
our portfolio during the Quarter. The EPV 
of this investment was $1.6 billion with 
an estimated completion date of FY24.

1. Includes all current investments (unconditional, conditionally funded, IC approved and investments disclosed as income yet to be recognised).  

Annual Report 2023

13

Managing Director’s report continued

Completions

The data included in the table below reflects investment completions in Funds 1 to 6 and on balance sheet since their inception. 
Fund 1 includes metrics up to 31 May 2023, the date of its deconsolidation. The Fund 4 performance metrics are impacted by a small 
number of completions, several of which have been both large and negative. With partial completions prior to and one completion since 
30 June 2023, the performance metrics have improved to 0.05x ROIC and 7% IRR. Whilst these metrics remain lower than our historical 
performance, we are confident that with further successful outcomes the performance metrics will improve materially.

Portfolio

Fund 1
Fund 2&31
Fund 4
Fund 52
Fund 63
Fund 7

Fund 8
Balance sheet4

#

35

18

11

13

230

–

–

Average 
duration

3.5 yrs

1.9 yrs

1.3 yrs

1.7 yrs

3.2 yrs

–

–

EPV conversion 
rate

Financial outcome $ 
weighted average

EPV

$2,023m

$609m

$2,425m

$1,137m

–

–

–

 11% 

 16% 

 4% 

 7% 

 19 %

–

–

 69% 

 43% 

 51% 

 76% 

 80% 

–

–

ROIC

0.38x

0.91x

(0.16x)

1.05x

3.07x

–

–

IRR

 12% 

 89% 

 (18%) 

 54% 

 177% 

–

–

196

3.0 yrs

$5,455m

 20% 

 78% 

1.64x

 80% 

Estimated value from 
future completions

We continue to provide quantitative 
information on the value of future 
completions from our funded portfolio 
by applying our long term past 
performance metrics.  

Based on a normalised EPV conversion 
rate of 15%, the implied embedded value 
(IEV) of our portfolio is $3.9 billion. This 
calculation includes returns from 
completions of our existing funded 
investments. 

The IEV attributed to Omni Bridgeway 
is around $1.0 billion. This excludes 
management and performance fees which  
we anticipate will become an increasingly 
important source of our future revenues. 

Based upon the IEV analysis and related 
assumptions, the funds’ terms entitle us 
to potential performance fees, from the 
existing portfolio, of approximately 
$240 million based on the Group historic 
1.1x ROIC and achieving 20% IRR hurdle 
of completed investments. 

Performance fees are subject to the 
sequencing and timing of fund waterfall 
proceeds and sufficient certainty of 
earning positive income, above specific 
hurdle rates, in each respective fund and 
are subject to potential clawback. 

In addition, for FY24 we estimate that 
approximately $22 million of management 
fees could be generated.

These figures, and together with EPV 
and IEV, are based on several assumptions 
noted on page 119 including key concepts 
which are in the Glossary on page 113.

Despite completions momentum in 2H23, 
we had deferred completions which will 
result in potential income being 
recognised in FY24, or later. 

It's important to clarify that EPV deferral 
does not imply a loss in value; we still 
consider the matters to be of high quality 
with positive prospects of success. 

In some cases a deferral may result 
in higher compensation or a potentially 
larger loss claim. Further to this, using the 
secondary market as a lever to control 
cash flow, address deteriorating IRR 
and accelerate liquidity also reduces 
the impact of EPV slippage on our 
earnings profile.

At 30-Jun-2023 

$m

Funded EPV

Balance sheet

Funds 2&3
Fund 45
Fund 52,5
Fund 65,6
Fund 8

Total IEV

Possible completion period (PCP)

Sensitivity analysis

FY24

4,954

FY25

6,959

FY26

4,501

FY27+

9,600

IEV at 15% EPV conversion rate

EPV conversion
rate to IEV

15% EPV 
conversion rate

TOTAL

10%

20%

PCP delay of 
12 months

26,014

  26,014    26,014   

26,014 

3   

163   

186   

328   

62   

1   

–   

189   

353   

377   

124   

1   

1   

11   

403   

162   

97   

2   

1   

5 

3   

6   

120   

483 

322   

644   

431   

1,373 

915   

1,830   

614   

1,481 

987   

1,975   

270   

553 

4   

8 

369   

5   

737   

11   

5 

483 

1,373 

1,481 

553 

8 

743   

1,044   

676   

1,440   

3,903 

2,601   

5,203   

3,903 

IEV provisionally attributable to OBL

133   

334   

156   

380   

1,003 

621   

1,373   

973 

1. Excludes the partial investment completion of the secondary market sales.

2. Fund 5 is not consolidated within the Group Consolidated Financial Statements, here it is presented at 100%.

3. Data is current at 30 June 2023. As a large portion of the acquired assets did not have assigned EPV, total EPV is not available. The conversion rate relates to the portion 

of the portfolio that had assigned EPV..

4. IRR information prior to FY12 is not available due to the difficulty in extracting it from legacy systems.

5. Excluding performance fee entitlement.

6. Utilises NCI's historic share of proceeds, being a blend of A, B, C, D investment specific waterfalls.

14

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transformation

For the past eight years, I have had the 
privilege of leading Omni Bridgeway and 
successfully establishing a global funds 
management platform spanning the 
Americas, APAC, and EMEA regions.

As co-investors and managers of non-
recourse funds, we specialise in legal 
asset investments across diverse fund 
structures, managing approximately 
$3 billion in assets. This strategic 
approach allowed us to scale rapidly in 
an emerging asset class while mitigating 
risks, leading to higher risk-adjusted 
returns as the funds mature.

Our dispute finance team, consisting 
of origination and risk management 

specialists, are part of a world class 
alternative investment management 
firm, reflecting leadership, innovation, 
and pioneering solutions in legal risk 
management as evidenced by 60+ 
awards since 2015.

Our balanced and diversified portfolio 
has grown 16 times its original size since 
2015, providing effective mitigation against 
competition, regulatory intervention, and 
portfolio concentration risks. 

We now have enterprise wide capability 
in developing unique products and fund 
structures to expand market reach, scale 
and improve returns.

In line with our commitment to further 
innovate and progress, we have enhanced 
the way we price and structure investment 
terms to address extended duration, 
an inherent attribute of the asset class. 

With a leading platform and sophisticated 
risk management tools in place, the 
business is in a prime position to capitalise 
on sustainable growth, leveraging 
operational efficiencies for greater 
returns.

Global presence

~30 people, 4 countries, 9 cities

224 people, 14 countries, 26 cities

January 2015

June 2023

Number of investments

30

Estimated portfolio value

$1.8bn

301

$30.5bn

Funding

Expertise

Industry 
recognition

OBL balance sheet funding

8 funds using 3rd party capital and OBL co-funding

Merits funding

In 2013, The American Lawyer awarded our 
founders the ‘Top 50 Innovators for Big Law in the 
Last 50 Years’.

Disputes, arbitration, settlement, post judgement 
enforcement and distressed asset recoveries

In 2023 alone, 10+ key industry awards, notably: 
Chambers Band 1 in Litigation Funding in all major 
regions (excluding the UK), Global Asset Tracing, 
International Arbitration. Lawdragon recognised 
14 team members as top Global 100 in Litigation 
Funding.

Capital raising

Outlook

In 1Q24, we expect to complete the 
initial capital raising for Fund 8, a global 
enforcement fund, totalling €300 million. 
We are in the advanced stages to close 
a limited recourse debt facility of up to 
€135 million, along with standby equity 
of up to €15 million provided by OBL. 
This debt is backed by an existing principal 
protection insurance policy and the 
investments made by Fund 8.

The enforcement investments, previously 
held on the Group's balance sheet, will 
transfer to Fund 8 upon completion. 
Additionally, the insurance policy offers 
an option to extend the indemnity to 
€270 million, creating a potential option 
for a second series of Fund 8.

The insurance is a distinctive and 
advantageous feature. It allows the fund, 
which has an eight-year structure, to 
pursue investment opportunities with 
historically high internal rate of returns 
and return on invested capital and 
provides principal protection to the 
underlying debt. 

We are also progressing the upsizing of 
Funds 4 and 5 and anticipate a first close 
in 1H24. The investor appetite indicates 
confidence in the embedded value of 
our investments and the potential for 
improved returns, which we believe will be 
sufficient to generate performance fees.

Our success is a testament to the 
dedication of the Omni Bridgeway team, 
whose commitment to achieving business 
goals, maximising investment outcomes 
and providing access to justice for our 
clients has been notable.

Our diversified and resilient platform, 
coupled with unrivalled expertise in 
sourcing and underwriting quality 
investments, positions us well to create 
value for shareholders through strong 
cash returns. 

With a stabilising operating environment 
post-COVID-19 pandemic and a significant 
investment pipeline, secondary market 
opportunities, and completion 
momentum, we are confident in our 
underlying business model and foresee 
continued future growth.

Our key goals for FY24 include:

• Achieving new commitments of 
$625 million or equivalent value 
through improved pricing and 
attribution terms. 

• Exploring transition to or adding fair 

value reporting. 

• Finalising the establishment of Fund 8, 

our new global enforcement fund.

•

Increasing FUM via first closing of series 
II of Fund 4 and Fund 5 and potential 
launch of new funds.

• Continued focus on cost coverage 

initiatives.

• Accelerating realisations and 

mitigating risk through secondary 
market transactions.

• Moderately expanding the UK team 

to increase our presence in the second 
largest litigation finance market.

• Aiming for approximately $95 million 

of cash operational expenses.

Finally, this is my last full year result as 
Managing Director and Chief Executive 
Officer as we transition to Raymond 
van Hulst. 

I would like to thank investors, the Board 
and management for the support they 
have extended to me and wish the Group 
well in the future. 

Andrew Saker
Managing Director & 
Chief Executive Officer

Annual Report 2023

15

Extensive reach in Americas, APAC and EMEA

~$220bn

estimated addressable market 
in the rapidly growing $1tn 
global legal market

Omni Bridgeway 
is well positioned 
to tap into these 
addressable markets.

Estimated addressable market*

Omni Bridgeway locations

*  Figures are approximate and may be 
rounded. All data at 30 June 2023.

1-7.  Data is based on several sources. 
 Reports noted on page 117.

35+ years’ 
experience

IMF Bentham

Omni Bridgeway

Canada

$4bn2

United States

$156bn1

Public listing (ASX)

Entered USA

Entered Canada

2001

2011

2016

1986

Founded as 
Omni Finance

1990

2001

Distressed asset 
recovery and 
restructuring

Asset tracing 
and enforcement 
intelligence

2015

Entered Asia

16

Omni Bridgeway

United States

$62bn

 
United 
Kingdom

$13bn3

Continental
Europe

$21bn4

Asia

$21bn5

Australia &
New Zealand

$4bn6,7

Diversified, 
scalable, returns-
focused platform 
offering full 
capability across 
the litigation 
finance spectrum

Annual Report 2023

17

Launched 
external 
funding model 

2017

2017

Acquired 
ROLAND 
ProzessFinanz, 
Germany

Entered UK 

2018

2018

Entered 
Middle East

Merger of 
IMF Bentham and 
Omni Bridgeway

2019

Transacted first  
secondary market 
disposals 

2022

2021

Entered 
New Zealand and 
Latin America

Regional highlights

Industry recognition 

Our footprint, deep market 
relationships, and proven track 
record of successful outcomes 
for claimants is undisputed, and 
industry recognition continues 
to reflect this. 

Omni Bridgeway’s industry 
accolades continued to 
grow in FY23. We received  
the most recognition of 
any litigation funder by 
Chambers and Partners, 
a third-party market 
research report based 
solely on client, market, 
and peer feedback. 

Top-tier media coverage of 
Omni Bridgeway grew significantly 
in FY23, signalling the continued rise 
of our brand and reputation amid 
a greater market understanding 
of legal finance and the critical role 
funders play in the management 
of legal risk.

220+

People

14

Countries

26

Locations 

18

Omni Bridgeway

Americas

Canada, United States, Latin America

Jim Batson

Managing Director and 
Co-Chief Investment Officer – US

Matthew Harrison

Managing Director and 
Co-Chief Investment Officer – US 

Paul Rand

Managing Director and 
Chief Investment Officer – Canada 

In FY23, Omni Bridgeway continued its strategic growth in 
the Americas in response to market demand. New locations, 
Investment team hires and promotions, and appointments 
in Legal, Risk & Compliance and Marketing and Business 
Development grew the company’s footprint, market share, and 
recognition. Growth was further supported by our unique value 
proposition in the Americas including dedicated intellectual 
property and judgement enforcement capabilities. 

FY23 achievements and highlights

Expanded operations into Chicago and Miami, and grew the 
Investment Team in Dallas, Houston, Minneapolis, Montreal, 
New York, Toronto and Washington, representing 24% growth 
in the Americas.

The US based Judgement Enforcement team completed its 
first full fiscal year, generating enforcement and merits-plus-
enforcement investment opportunities. 

Growing market interest in funding of commercial disputes, 
combined with strong appetite for class action funding drove 
an increase in funding opportunities in Canada.

The US deepened its focus on class actions, mass torts, 
and LatAm to provide more client solutions and broader 
market coverage. 

The Canada, US, and LatAm teams were each recognised as 
Band 1 leaders in litigation support by Chambers and Partners.  

Videos on company market insights

From our Americas team
omnibridgeway.com/insights/americas

APAC

EMEA

Asia-Pacific including Asia, Australia, New Zealand

Europe, Middle East, Africa

Tom Glasgow

Managing Director and Chief Investment 
Officer – APAC | Portfolio Manager – Global 
International Arbitration

Raymond van Hulst

Executive Director, Managing Director 
and Co-Chief Investment Officer – EMEA

Hannah van Roessel

Managing Director and 
Co-Chief Investment Officer – EMEA

In FY23 we continued to advance our strategic market priorities 
and internal capabilities in the region, appointing investment team 
members to new leadership positions and adding key hires in the 
construction and insolvency sectors. While the region’s slower 
post-COVID-19 reopening continued to affect activity early in the 
year, by the second half we saw an uptick in new applications, new 
investments, case completions and business development. Market 
awareness and development continues to increase across the 
wider APAC region, whilst demand remains very strong in more 
established markets like Australia, Singapore and Hong Kong.

FY23 achievements and highlights

Exceeded new investment targets for the APAC region.

Expanded the Investment Team in Hong Kong and Singapore 
with strategic hires who bring specialised expertise.

Appointed Tom Glasgow (Singapore) as sole APAC Managing 
Director and CIO, Kristen Smith (Melbourne) as Portfolio 
Manager for Australia, and Ruth Stackpool-Moore (Singapore) 
as Senior Investment Manager.

Continued to diversify and cross-pollinate our offering in APAC 
including leveraging our increased capability in insolvency, 
construction, insurance, international arbitration and 
enforcement disputes to the benefit of the wider APAC region.

The EMEA team continued its expansion in FY23, further 
solidifying the company’s regional position as the largest and 
most experienced funding team. New operations were established 
in Italy and France while the investment team grew in Dubai and 
Geneva. Key appointments were also made in Tax and a global 
head of People & Culture based in EMEA.  

FY23 achievements and highlights

In addition to establishing operations in Paris, France and Milan, 
Italy we expanded resources in Dubai with investment managers 
specialised in local enforcement and construction matters. 

Expanded global capability in intellectual property with the first 
EMEA-based appointment of an IP specialised investment 
manager in Germany. 

Expanding the collective redress portfolio across various 
EMEA jurisdictions, including a sizeable investment in a cross-
collateralised portfolio of opt-out group claims in Portugal.

Appointed Hannah van Roessel as Managing Director and 
Co-Chief Investment Officer for EMEA, and Kees de Visser 
as Chair of the Investment Committee for the region. 

Increased internal cross-border collaboration is resulting in the 
development of new business opportunities for APAC clients with 
disputes across the globe and vice-versa, underscoring the value 
of our unique global portfolio and hub structure.

The Board of Directors announced Raymond van Hulst, Executive 
Director, Managing Director and Co-CIO of EMEA as CEO 
successor upon Andrew Saker’s retirement in October 2023. 

From our APAC team
omnibridgeway.com/insights/apac

From our EMEA team
omnibridgeway.com/insights/emea

Annual Report 2023

19

ESG and corporate social responsibility 

We are committed to good stewardship of investor funds and believe that 
making a positive impact on the environment and the societies in which we 
operate is an integral part of delivering long term value for our stakeholders. 

Optimising environmental, social and governance outcomes 
that support value creation requires ongoing focus and effort 
commensurate with the scale of our business and its operations.

Last financial year, we adopted the globally recognised reporting 
Standard provided by the Sustainability Accounting Standards 
Board (SASB) and its guidance for companies in the Asset 
Management & Custody Activities sector. The Standard has a 
particular focus on the information needs of institutional investors 
and was chosen by the International Sustainability Standards 
Board (ISSB) and the IFRS Foundation in November 2021 as the 
preferred reporting framework for harmonising sustainability 
disclosures for financial markets globally.

In August 2022, the IFRS Foundation assumed responsibility 
for SASB Standards when it merged with the Value Reporting 
Foundation, which previously maintained these Standards. In line 
with the ISSB’s guidance, our sustainability disclosures have been 
prepared in accordance with the SASB Standards until they are 
replaced by IFRS Sustainability Disclosure Standards.

In accordance with ASX Listing Rule 4.10.3, our ESG Report 
is available on our corporate website at https://
omnibridgeway.com/investors/environmental-social-governance.

Responsible investment

Omni Bridgeway is committed to responsible investment. Our core 
business delivers a clear social benefit; our heritage was built on 
the desire to increase access to justice, particularly for the small 
and impecunious claimant. In addition, financing claims against 
wrongdoers for misconduct can have a deterrent effect, which 
in turn, benefits society more broadly.

We are a leading global provider of funding and specialised skills 
for litigation, arbitration and enforcement processes and our core 
values reflect the principles of fairness, transparency and acting 
ethically and responsibly that characterised our beginnings.

Some of our funds include a screening process to prohibit the 
financing of investments that have negative ESG characteristics.

We continue to consider the feasibility of launching a new fund 
focused on investments with a positive ESG profile.

Environmental footprint

Carbon Offset Program  
implemented in FY23

Access to justice

Assist those who cannot 
afford justice against 
strong opponents, especially 
through financing of 
class actions

Positive impact 
on the economy

Financing allows 
companies to invest 
in their businesses

ESG screening 

ESG criteria for some 
of our funds before 
extending finance

Community support

Volunteer Days Program 
and   pro bono activities 
where we live and work

Deter potential 
malfeasance 

Hold wrongdoers to 
account with a potential 
deterrent effect

ESG reporting

Transparent reporting in 
our public disclosures

Diversity and inclusion 

Systems to promote equal 
access, opportunity and 
advancement for employees

Robust risk management

Consistent investment in 
cyber resilience and working 
towards Tier 3 NIST Rating

20

Omni Bridgeway

Environmental 

Social

Governance

As a provider of legal finance and 
risk solutions, people are core to 
our success. 

We are committed to workplace 
diversity and recognise the value 
of attracting and retaining a diverse 
workforce and creating a culture 
that supports our people to deliver 
their best.

Several initiatives have been 
implemented to promote staff 
engagement and retention including 
employee surveys, provision of a 
flexible work environment (where 
possible), leave programs, including 
parental leave for both primary and 
secondary carers, access to 
Employee Assistance Programs and 
ongoing training and development. 

We are also active participants in 
our community, introducing a paid 
volunteer leave scheme in FY23 
allowing employees to take two days 
of paid leave to engage in 
volunteering activities.

Notwithstanding that our business 
has a comparatively limited 
environmental impact, we are 
focused on reducing our 
environmental footprint relating 
to travel, building premises and 
energy consumption.

Omni Bridgeway has adopted a local 
‘boots-on-the-ground’ approach to 
business development, jurisdictional 
know-how, and origination of 
investment opportunities with our 
employees working from 26 global 
locations as opposed to a ‘fly in, 
fly out’ strategy. This is achieved 
through a combination of fully 
remote and hybrid in-office roles, 
allowing us to attract and retain top 
talent, be the largest global funder 
by headcount and geographic 
coverage but reduce our reliance 
on global travel, resulting in a lower 
carbon footprint.

In August 2022, we began using an 
end-to-end carbon offsetting travel 
solution for our Australia and North 
America teams to assist us to reduce 
our carbon footprint. This program 
delivers a set of tools for making 
sustainable travel decisions. During 
FY23, we offset 180 tonnes of CO2 
emissions for some of our travel. 
We will look to extend this program 
in FY24.

Across our business, we encourage 
all employees to adopt work 
practices that promote 
environmental sustainability, 
including providing recycling 
programs, digital filing and electronic 
invoicing systems and use of water 
and energy savings devices.  

In future years, we will look to 
provide quantitative data, where 
available, in line with evolving 
regulatory requirements.

We are committed to workplace diversity and 
recognise the value of attracting and retaining 
a diverse workforce and creating a culture that 
supports our people to deliver their best.

Omni Bridgeway is committed to the 
highest standards of conduct and to 
being a responsible corporate 
citizen. It is critical that we lead by 
example, with a strong corporate 
governance framework; a central 
component to effective compliance 
and risk management. To achieve 
this goal, we seek to have clear and 
effective governance policies and 
procedures which are regularly 
updated and contained in our 
Corporate Governance Manual. 
The Board strives to ensure that 
these policies and principles are 
embedded into the culture of the 
global organisation.

Our Code of Conduct is supported 
by our policies including our 
Whistleblower, Anti-Bribery and 
Corruption, and Securities 
Trading policies.

Our Compliance Program includes 
regulatory identification and change 
management, regulatory relationship 
management, new risk assessments, 
monitoring and testing, breach and 
incident identification, analysis, 
training, and reporting.

The objectives and expectations to 
managing risk is set out in our Risk 
Management Policy in a proactive 
and effective manner and provides 
supporting guidance including a Risk 
Management Framework. 

A key risk is the protection of 
digital information. We have made 
consistent investment in cyber 
resilience and have adopted an IT 
and Cybersecurity Risk Management 
Policy which describes our overall 
policies and procedures. Work 
continues towards attaining a 
maturity Tier 3 rating under the 
National Institute of Standards and 
Technology (NIST) Cybersecurity 
Framework, which integrates 
industry standards and best 
practices to help manage 
cybersecurity risks.

We are committed to ensuring 
appropriate communication with key 
stakeholders; shareholders, investor 
partners and clients – as set out 
in our ESG Report.

Annual Report 2023

21

Global risk, regulation and governance

As the industry continues to grow and evolve, there have been minor 
regulatory developments in some of the markets in which we operate. 

Developing regulatory landscape 

APAC In Australia, following a change in the federal government 
in May 2022, a more favourable regulatory landscape emerged for 
third-party funders. The new government unwound some of the 
regulatory changes implemented by the previous government. 
As a result, funded class actions in Australia are now exempt from 
the managed investment scheme (MIS) regime, and litigation 
funders are exempt from holding an Australian Financial Services 
Licence (AFSL) and other financial services regulatory 
requirements.

In Asia, success-based fee arrangements for lawyers in arbitration 
were legalised in both Singapore and Hong Kong in 2022. We  
consider that these developments create opportunities to finance 
law firms acting under these arrangements. 

Europe In September 2022, the EU Parliament approved a report 
into litigation funding and requested the European Commission to 
propose a Directive. Proposed rules included a duty on claimants 
to disclose third-party funding and a fee cap on funders. If 
enacted, Member States would then have time to implement the 
Directive in their domestic law. In June 2023, the International 
Legal Finance Association (ILFA) published a report which 
criticised the proposed reforms. In late June 2023, it was reported 
that the Commission has planned to conduct a study of the 
existing European litigation funding landscape before 
implementing any new rules.

In July 2023, the German Federal Parliament (Bundestag) passed 
a Bill to implement the EU Collective Redress Directive. This will be 
considered by the Federal Council (Bundesrat) in September and 
is expected to come into force in October. Aspects of the Bill have 
been subject to criticism, including late changes which restrict the 
amount that a litigation funder may agree to receive from the 
proceeds of a successful claim to 10%. Although these limitations 
will have little direct impact on our business, we will monitor any 
future impact of the changes.

UK In late July 2023, in PACCAR Inc and Others v Competition 
Appeal Tribunal and Others, the UK Supreme Court overturned 
earlier decisions in the case and held that the litigation funding 
agreements (LFAs) at issue were “damages-based agreements” 
within the meaning of the relevant legislation in England. 

Endorsements from our clients and peers

As a result, the LFAs were subject to the Damages-Based 
Agreement Regulations 2013 (DBA Regulations) which set 
out certain requirements for an agreement to be lawful 
and enforceable.

It was accepted that the LFAs considered by the UK Supreme 
Court were non-compliant with the DBA Regulations, and 
therefore unenforceable. Omni Bridgeway, through its highly 
diversified investment portfolio, has very limited exposure to this 
development.The DBA Regulations are specific to English litigation 
and arbitration with particular pricing structures and have little or 
no impact on our other markets, including continental Europe, the 
Americas or APAC. We do not anticipate any material impact on 
existing investments and remain confident that the UK will be 
a key market for litigation funding. 

US In the US, the Government Accountability Office (GAO), 
which provides research reports to Congress, conducted an 
inquiry into the US litigation funding industry. Representatives 
from ILFA (including Omni Bridgeway) participated in the inquiry. 
In December 2022, the GAO published a report. The report 
surveyed the third-party litigation finance market, discussed pros 
and cons and distinguished between commercial and consumer 
funding. The report made no specific recommendations. 

Some US courts have set rules requiring disclosure of litigation 
funding arrangements. Omni Bridgeway continues to review 
and consider the implications of those rules. The US Chamber 
of Commerce’s Institute for Legal Reform continues to lobby for 
litigation finance legislation at the federal and state level. Dispute 
funders, including Omni Bridgeway, monitor and respond via ILFA 
to maintain a level playing field.

Global Omni Bridgeway continues to play an active role in key 
industry associations around the world, including ILFA and the 
new European Litigation Funders Association (ELFA). Omni 
Bridgeway’s Managing Director Enforcement & EMEA, Wieger 
Wielinga, is the inaugural chairman of ELFA.

Omni Bridgeway’s 
team has impressive 
depth and breadth, 
and openness to any 
subject matter.

Chambers and Partners
Litigation Support Guide 2023 

Extremely effective 
and efficient. They 
are collaborative, 
hands-on and 
solution-oriented.

Chambers and Partners
Litigation Support Guide 2023

They have a very 
strong commercial 
awareness.

Chambers and Partners
Litigation Support Guide 2023

22

Omni Bridgeway

1,723 applications

1. Origination

Opportunities are primarily originated through 
potential clients, advisors, other third parties or 
internally by formulating a funding idea. 
The investing process begins with the execution 
of a confidentiality agreement.

A disciplined approach 
to the assessment 
of financial and legal 
merits including a risk 
analysis of potential 
investments. 
Our Investment 
Committees are 
comprised of highly 
respected, experienced 
legal and investment 
professionals.

505 reviewed

2. Application review

Opportunities are evaluated 
by numerous factors including the 
type and strength of the case, pricing 
and risk analysis, likely duration, and 
an estimate of the capital required.

4. Monitoring and realisation

An investment may take between 
1 and 5 years to complete.

The IM will monitor developments in the 
investment as it progresses and receive 
periodic updates from the lawyers.

In certain jurisdictions, we may provide 
insight and strategic guidance 
concerning the investment and 
settlement opportunities.

39 funded
18 IC approved 
& conditionally 
funded

3. Funding decision

The Investment Committee (IC) receives 
a due diligence report which is prepared 
by the Investment Manager (IM).

The IC decides whether to recommend 
to the applicable fund. This requires 
unanimous approval.

5. Distribution of proceeds

If an investment is successful, the claimant's lawyers 
will deduct the fees owing to the Group from the claim 
proceeds, and pay the balance to the client.

If the claim fails, the Group does not recover its 
investment and may also be responsible for paying the 
defendant's costs on the terms agreed with client, 
if not covered by ATE or adverse cost insurance.

Annual Report 2023

23

 
Directors’ report
Board of Directors

Michael Kay
Non-Executive Chairman

Andrew Saker
Managing Director & CEO 
and Chief Strategy Officer – US

Raymond van Hulst
Executive Director, Managing Director 
and Chief Investment Officer – EMEA

Appointed

July 2015

Appointed

January 2015

Appointed

April 2020

Committee 
membership

Bachelor of Laws 
(University of Sydney, Australia)

Michael Kay has been the Non- Executive 
Chairman since July 2015. He brings 
a wealth of commercial experience, 
with a sound track-record of building 
successful businesses.

In his last executive role, he was Chief 
Executive Officer and Managing Director 
of salary packaging company McMillan 
Shakespeare Limited. He was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of national 
insurer AAMI and before that spent 
12 years in private legal practice.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years
• Chairman and Non-Executive Director 
of City Chic Collective Limited (ASX: 
CCX) (appointed October 2018)

Committee 
membership

n/a

Committee 
membership

n/a

Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting & Finance) 
(University of Western Australia)
Associate Member, Chartered Accountants 
Australia and New Zealand

Andrew Saker was appointed 
Managing Director & Chief Executive 
Officer in January 2015. Since then, 
he has led a transformational strategy 
of geographic expansion, product 
diversification, and migrating the 
company’s business model from capital 
management to fund management.

In 2019 Mr Saker led the merger, and 
subsequent integration, of the IMF 
Bentham and Omni Bridgeway legacy 
businesses to form the global Omni 
Bridgeway Group. Omni Bridgeway 
is now the largest funding team in the 
world and the global leader in financing 
and managing legal risks.

Mr Saker has lived and worked in 
Australia, Asia and the United States.

Until his appointment as Managing 
Director & Chief Executive Officer, 
Mr Saker was a Registered Company 
Liquidator of the Australian Securities 
& Investments Commission and an 
Official Liquidator of the Supreme 
and Federal Courts.

Mr Saker has announced that he 
will be retiring from the Group on 
26 October 2023, after which he will 
have a consulting role with the Group 
for a period of 12 months.

Masters of Business Administration (INSEAD)
Masters in Management 
(University of Groningen, The Netherlands)

Raymond van Hulst has been 
appointed CEO elect for the company 
and scheduled to take over as CEO 
as per the AGM in October 2023.

Mr van Hulst has over 20 years’ 
experience in structuring and managing 
innovative solutions for complex and 
high value litigation funding and legal 
enforcement matters. He has been 
leading one of the largest teams of 
litigators, recovery, business intelligence 
and asset-tracing specialists in the 
industry, while being responsible 
for several special projects and 
the company’s strategic initiatives, 
operations and investment activities 
across the EMEA region.

Mr van Hulst has established three 
institutionally backed funds aimed at 
funding legal disputes and enforcement 
matters, including in joint venture with 
the International Finance Corporation, 
part of the World Bank for the 
Distressed Asset Recovery Program. 
He has headed Omni Bridgeway’s 
Investment Committee for these funds. 
Mr van Hulst also led Omni Bridgeway’s 
acquisition of its German funding 
business, Roland ProzessFinanz, in 2017.

Mr van Hulst was previously with 
ABN AMRO Bank Structured Finance, 
based out of India and Europe.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years
Nil

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years
Nil

24

Omni Bridgeway

Karen Phin
Non-Executive Director

Christine Feldmanis
Non-Executive Director

Michael Green
Non-Executive Director

Appointed

August 2017

Appointed

November 2018

Appointed

April 2023

Committee 
membership

Committee 
membership

Committee 
membership

Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws (Honours) 
(University of Sydney, Australia)

Bachelor of Commerce 

Bachelor of Arts (honours) Economics 

(University of Wollongong, Australia)

(University of Exeter, UK)

Graduate Australian Institute 
of Company Directors

Karen Phin has over 25 years’ 
experience advising Australian listed 
companies on capital management, 
capital raisings and mergers and 
acquisitions. Until 2014, Ms Phin was 
a Managing Director and Head of Capital 
Advisory at Citigroup in Australia and 
New Zealand. Prior to joining Citigroup, 
she spent 12 months at ASIC as a Senior 
Specialist in the Corporations group. 
From 1996 to 2009, Ms Phin was 
a Managing Director at UBS AG, where 
she established and led the Capital 
Management Group.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years
• Non-Executive Director of ARB 
Corporation Limited (ASX: ARB) 
(appointed June 2019)

• Non-Executive Director of Magellan 
Financial Group Limited (ASX: MFG) 
(retired September 2022)

• Member of the Takeovers Panel 

(since 2015)

Master of Applied Finance 

(Macquarie University, Australia)

Fellow of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors

Trustee Fellow of the Association 
of Superannuation Funds of Australia 

Senior Fellow of the Financial Services 
Institute of Australasia

Certified Practising Accountant

Christine Feldmanis is a qualified 
accountant, investment, governance, 
and risk management specialist with 
over 30 years’ experience in the finance 
and investment industry. Ms Feldmanis 
was previously Managing Director of an 
ASX-listed boutique funds management 
incubator business and Chief Finance 
Officer of the NSW Treasury Corporation.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years
• Non-Executive Director of United 

Malt Limited (ASX: UMG) (appointed 
January 2023)

• Chair and Non-Executive Director 

of Bell Financial Group Ltd (ASX: BFG) 
(appointed February 2020)

• Non-Executive Director of Perpetual 
Equity Investment Company Limited 
(ASX: PIC) (retired November 2020)

Michael Green has over 20 years’ 
experience in the global investment 
industry. Mr Green was International 
CEO for both Morgan Stanley Investment 
Management and for American Century 
Investments where he was a member of 
their respective Executive Management 
Committees and was a board member 
for a number of local entities and global 
fund structures. In 2020, Mr Green 
became a co-opted non-executive 
member of the Investment Oversight 
Committee for the London CIV, the 
local government pension fund asset 
pooling company.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years
• Chairman, Non-Executive Director, 

Independent Trustee and Head of the 
Investment Committee of Lloyd’s of 
London Pension Scheme (LON: LLOY) 
(appointed May 2007)

Annual Report 2023

25

Directors’ report continued 

Board of Directors continued 

          Officers

Michael Bowen
Non-Executive Chairman (retired)

Guillaume Leger
Global Chief Financial Officer

Jeremy Sambrook
Global General Counsel 
and Company Secretary

Appointed

December 2001

Appointed

August 2022

Appointed

January 2016

Bachelor of Laws 
(University of Bristol, United Kingdom)

Jeremy Sambrook is an experienced 
corporate lawyer with a broad in-house 
legal and private practice background, 
having practised in the UK, Hong Kong, 
the Channel Islands and Australia. 

Mr Sambrook was appointed as 
General Counsel and Company 
Secretary in 2016 and has built out 
the global legal, compliance and risk 
function, in line with the international 
growth of the business, to a team of 
legal and compliance specialists across 
APAC, North America and EMEA.

Retired

November 2022

Bachelor of Laws, Jurisprudence and 
Commerce (University of Western Australia)

Graduate Diploma Public Accounting 
(HEC Montréal)
Bachelor Accounting Sciences 
(Université du Québec à Montréal)

Guillaume Leger joined the Company 
in August 2022, and oversees the 
company’s global financial operations 
including investor relations, capital 
raising, financial planning, treasury, 
corporate development and 
financial reporting.

Mr Leger was formerly the Group 
Controller for Circle K – Alimentation 
Couche-Tard, Inc., a publicly traded 
Fortune 200 company. Mr Leger also 
previously served as CFO at Citigroup 
in Hong Kong after holding a range 
of senior positions across Citigroup’s 
business in North America, Asia, New 
Zealand, Australia and Brazil. 

His early career included progressive 
roles within PwC and Deloitte, starting 
in 1996. He is a CFA Charterholder 
and a Canadian CPA.

Michael Bowen was a partner 
of global law firm DLA Piper and 
joined Thomson Geer in 2020. 
He practises primarily corporate, 
commercial and securities law 
with an emphasis on mergers, 
acquisitions, capital raisings 
and resources.

He has been admitted as a barrister 
and solicitor of the Supreme Court 
of Western Australia since 1979 and 
is also admitted as a solicitor of the 
High Court of Australia.

He is a Certified Public Accountant 
and a member of the Australian 
Society of Accountants.

Directorships of other listed entities 
within the past three years
• Non-Executive Director 

of Emerald Resources NL 
(ASX: EMR) (appointed 
September 2022)

• Non-Executive Director of Lotus 
Resources Limited (ASX: LOT) 
(appointed February 2021)
• Non-Executive Director of 

Genesis Minerals Limited (ASX: 
GMD) (appointed October 2021)
• Non-Executive Director of Trek 

Metals Limited (ASX: TKM) 
(retired September 2020)

26

Omni Bridgeway

Operating and financial review

Principal activities

The Group’s principal activities were:

•

•

the investment into, and management of, Funds (or Fund-like structures) that are focused on investing into litigation, dispute resolution 
and enforcement matters globally; and 

the continued holding of direct investments into similar litigation, dispute resolution, and enforcement matters. 

The Group invests by entering into funding agreements with claimants, liquidators, banks, creditors, or law firms to provide funding, 
recovery, enforcement and associated services; or purchasing awards, claims or rights to action, non-performing loans and distressed 
debt.

Overlaying the principal activities is the Funds management aspect of the Group that:

• provides services to external third party capital;

• generates recurring management and service fees; and

• provides the opportunity for further return through performance fees depending on a Fund’s performance. 

There were no significant changes to the principal activities of the Group during the year. 

Nature of operations

The Group is an alternative asset manager investing in legal risk management which is typically non-cyclical and uncorrelated to underlying 
economic conditions. 

Since 2017, investment activities are undertaken through its Funds management platform extending to the Americas, APAC and EMEA 
regions:

• Funds 1, 2&3 – First Generation Funds – were established by the Group in 2017 with a European distribution waterfall and a preferred 
return to external Fund investors. Fund 1 was deconsolidated on 31 May 2023 following the sale of a participation in Fund 1 assets and 
is now recognised as an investment in associates. Funds 2&3 are consolidated within the Group Consolidated Financial Statements with 
distributions to OBL including a management fee and a residual profit share that eliminate upon consolidation, whilst the NCI 
component will vary depending upon the status of the NCI distribution waterfall.

• Fund 4 and Fund 5 – Second Generation Funds – were established by the Group in 2019 with an American distribution waterfall, 

periodic management fees and transactional performance fees. Fund 4 investments are consolidated into the Group, with external 
investor’s share shown as NCI. Fund 4 management and performance fees are charged to the investors of Fund 4 and therefore appear 
in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Fund 5 is brought in at the Group’s attributable 20% share of income, assets 
and liabilities with no associated NCI. Fund 5 management and performance fees are included in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income.

• Fund 6 and Fund 7 – purchased by the Group in 2019 through the acquisition of OBE - have a hybrid deal-by-deal and Fund level 

waterfall together with management fees.

• Fund 8 is an insured leveraged structure focused on global enforcement. 

The waterfalls and fee structures in the various Funds in part determine the attribution of profits, net assets and distributions between 
the Group’s equity holders and non-controlling interests.

Whilst the Group manages the Funds’ investment activity, diversification and opportunities using third party capital, it is a committed 
litigation investment funder in its own right, holding a meaningful capital interest (5%-25%) in each Fund, with the exception of Fund 1 
where the Group holds an entitlement to distributions on completed investments as per its waterfall. 

Whether by direct investment or via a Fund structure, the objective is to successfully complete (e.g. by settlement, court judgement, 
arbitral award or enforcement recovery) litigation investments. The successful completion of an investment and the timing of that 
completion is, in many respects, beyond the Group’s control and it may take several years between making an initial investment and 
finalising a completion.

The Group is also able to sell a partial or full interest in litigation investments into the secondary market rather than continuing to hold the 
entirety of the investment through to completion. Secondary sales improve the liquidity, mitigate completion and duration risk of these 
investments while also accelerating realisations and retaining most of the upside potential.

If the underlying litigation, arbitration, recovery or enforcement action is successful, the Group earns a return from the resolution sum 
obtained.  

Where the Group has purchased the award, claim or right to action, non-performing loan or distressed debt the return will be the 
resolution sum less any legal or professional fees and any residual success fee component to the vendor. Otherwise, the resolution sum 
is shared with the funded client(s) in accordance with the contracted funding terms. The share to the Group will generally be the amount 
invested plus a return defined as either:

• a multiple of the amount invested; or

• a percentage of the realised amount; or

• a combination of the above.

In some instances (e.g. Australian class action litigation) the presiding court or tribunal of the underlying litigation may be involved to 
approve a settlement and that involvement can extend to consideration of the litigation funding terms.

Generally, the multiple or percentage return to the Group increases as the duration of an investment extends. If the underlying litigation, 
arbitration, recovery or enforcement is unsuccessful the Group generally does not generate any financial return. 

Annual Report 2023

27

Directors’ report continued 

Operating and financial review (continued)

In certain jurisdictions, the investment terms may require the Group to pay an amount of adverse costs to the litigation counterparty. 
In certain circumstances, the Group can obtain insurance to protect any of deployed capital, commission and adverse costs exposure.

Employees

At 30 June 2023, the Group employed 224 permanent staff (2022: 199). 

Operating results for the financial year

The Group made a profit after tax (before NCI) for the year of $0.9 million (2022: $6.5 million). This is reflective of the variability of returns 
from investments with binary outcomes and non-linear periods for completions. 

The total gross proceeds and investment revenue in FY23 was $231.6 million. This reflects the Group’s consolidated share of Fund 5 at 
20%, at 100% the value was $283.4 million1.

In FY23, the loss attributable to the equity holders of the Parent reduced from $42.8m for the first half year to $31.7m for the year, this 
reflects the Group made a profit of $11.1m attributable to shareholders in the last half year.

The value created through scaling our team of legal asset specialists improved operational efficiencies during the year. On average, the 
Group has increased its EPV per investment manager ratio by 14% and new investment EPV per investment manager ratio by 9%.

Costs in the year were consistent with growth targets. Employee expenses increased 25% on the prior year. The change predominately 
relates to headcount growth to 224 people from 199 at 30 June 2022, which is reflected in the improvement in commitment levels, whist 
still achieving significant efficiency gains. Corporate overheads reflect resumed levels of pre-COVID-19 expenditure for certain categories, 
new operating locations and investment in marketing efforts. 

Excerpts from Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June 2023

Gross proceeds and investment revenue¹

Costs of derecognition or disposal of litigation investments

Other revenue and income

Total income

Other expenses, fair value adjustments and tax benefits

Profit after tax

2023

$'000

231,552   

(129,541)   

14,799   

116,810   

(115,948)   

862   

2022

$'000

204,713 

(131,778) 

16,246 

89,181 

(82,699) 

6,482 

Change

%

 13% 

 (2%) 

 (9%) 

 31% 

 40% 

 (87%) 

1. Gross proceeds and investment revenue is calculated as the sum of proceeds on derecognition of litigation investments – intangible assets, proceeds on derecognition 
of litigation investments – purchased claims, revenue from litigation investments – claims portfolio and gross proceeds from litigation investment in associates for the 
consolidated group. It is categorised as non-IFRS information prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing non-IFRS financial information, 
issued in December 2011. The $231.6 million reflects the Group's 20% interest in Fund 5. If the 80% attributable to external investors of $51.8 million had been 
included, the total would be $283.4 million as per the Investment Portfolio Report at 30 June 2023, lodged with ASX on 31 July 2023.  

Refer to Appendix for more detail on non-IFRS disclosures.

Non-controlling interest (NCI)

The loss attributable to the Group’s equity holders in FY23 was $31.7 million with a profit of $32.5 million attributable to NCI. This 
disproportionate attribution is primarily due to the status of the First Generation Funds’ distribution waterfalls which prioritised the return 
to NCI during the period. For Funds 2&3, the NCI portion is dependent on the status of the waterfall which progresses from initially 100% 
going to NCI, and then 100% to OBL and finally a back end profit share.

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

The Group continues to maintain a solid financial position based on:

• Strong liquidity and working capital levels

• Debt refinancing which was settled on 8 July 2022

• Limited net debt and total equity

• Continued growth of litigation investments

Litigation investments

At 30 June 2023, the carrying value of litigation investments was $596.7 million (2022: $550.9 million) with more than 300 active litigation 
investments. This reflects the Group’s consolidated share of Fund 5 at 20%. At 100%, the value was $741.8 million (2022:$635.1 million).  

All investments are generally carried at cost, except for litigation investments - investment in associates, which was recognised at fair value 
at date of deconsolidation of Fund 1. There is typically a lag between investment commitment and capital deployment. 

28

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating and financial review (continued)

Liquidity and capital resources

The Group continues to maintain an adequate financial position with appropriate liquidity and working capital levels sufficient for 
continued portfolio growth and commitments to litigation investments. 

At 30 June 2023, the Group had limited net debt and an appropriate level of equity.

Working capital

Current assets
Current liabilities (excluding debt)1
Net working capital

Working capital ratio

2023

$’000

266,725   

103,727   

162,998   

2.6:1

2022

$’000

293,083 

128,329 

164,754 

2.3:1

Change

%

 (9%) 

 (19%) 

 (1%) 

 13% 

1. Current liabilities exclude debt for the purposes of calculating the working capital. There was no debt due within 12 months as at 30 June 2023 and the debt as at 

30 June 2022 was fully repaid in July 2022. 

Capital structure

A strong capital position was maintained at 30 June 2023, built on the Group’s cash holdings, limited net debt and total equity. This capital 
structure enables the the business to grow its operations, meet deployment obligations and support corporate initiatives.

Profile of interest-bearing debt

The profile of the Group’s interest-bearing debt at 30 June 2023 is summarised in the table below. 

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Leases

Current

Borrowings

Leases

Non-current

Total interest-bearing debt

Debt refinance

2023

$’000

–   

–   

2,933   

2,933   

181,639   

15,008   

196,647   

199,580   

2022

$’000

76,000 

72,000 

2,755 

150,755 

– 

11,173 

11,173 

161,928 

Change

%

 (100%) 

 (100%) 

 6% 

 (98%) 

 100% 

 34% 

 1660% 

 23% 

On 8 July 2022, the Group made an initial draw down of $150 million on the new 5-year, $250 million institutional debt facility to redeem 
the Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes in advance of their maturities on 22 December 2022 and 8 January 2026 respectively. The facility is 
provided by Northleaf Capital Partners and Pacific Equity Partners and included $100 million of undrawn debt capital. In March 2023, 
the Group drew $40 million of the undrawn capital to optimise its medium term capital management.  

The facility terms include a variable rate of interest based on the BBSW Bid rate plus a fixed margin of 7.00% per annum, a maturity date 
of 1 July 2027, a security interest over all present and after-acquired property of OBL and guarantees and security provided by certain 
wholly owned subsidiaries.

The facility provides a comparative improvement with the removal of the restrictive requirement to hold cash and receivables equivalent 
to 75% of the debt (being $142.5 million at 30 June 2023) which related to the Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes.

As at 30 June 2023, the drawn components of the combined facility are classified as non-current borrowings.

Annual Report 2023

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Operating and financial review (continued)

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

The consolidated Statement of Cash Flows illustrates that there was a decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the year ended 
30 June 2023 of $42.0 million (2022: increase of $16.3 million). 

In relation to the movement in cash:

• Operating activities: $130.4 million net cash outflows (2022: $74.5 million)

•

Investing activities: $30.6 million net cash inflows (2022: $163.5 million)

Across both operating and investing activities per IFRS classifications, the aggregate cash flows include:

• Proceeds from litigation investments: $127.3 million

• Management and performance fee proceeds: $8.8 million

• Payments for litigation investments: $182.3 million

Financing activities $57.8 million net cash inflows (2022: net cash outflows $74.3 million) include:

• Contributions from NCI: $135.9 million

• Distributions to NCI: ($93.2) million

Investment activity

FY23 overview

Commitments and completions are the key drivers of our business and they continued to grow in FY23, demonstrated by a particularly 
strong last half year. Key metrics and highlights included:

• Generated investment income in FY23 of $338.6 million, reflecting Fund 5 at 100%, (from income recognised, income yet to be 

recognised (IYTBR) and secondary market transactions), with $119.8 million provisionally attributable to OBL. The gross proceeds 
and investment revenue of $231.6 million in the Consolidated Financial Statements reflects the Group’s consolidated share of Fund 5 
at 20%.

• Recognised $182.4 million income, reflecting Fund 5 at 100%, from diversified sources in a strong 4Q23, representing approximately 

65% of annual income recognised. 

• Achieved FY23 commitments target with a commitment to fund $544.2 million to investments, representing $11.0 billion of new EPV 
(from matters that were newly funded, conditionally approved or had increased investment opportunities). These commitments 
continued to expand the portfolio’s diversification and reduce concentration.

• Estimated portfolio value (EPV) of $30.5 billion, up 12% in FY23 after completions, reductions from impaired investments and the 
Fund 1 deconsolidation. This comprised $26.0 billion from unconditional investments and $4.5 billion from conditionally-funded 
and Investment Committee-approved investments. At 30 June 2023 there are 301 active litigation investments in the portfolio.

•

Implied embedded value (IEV) is $3.9 billion at 30 June 2023 for funded investments.

• EPV conversion rate for FY23 was 14% reflecting adjusted litigation proceeds. 

Secondary market sales

During the year, we continued to unlock opportunities in the secondary market while diversifying income streams, recycling capital, 
and accelerating returns to our investors.

Secondary market transactions relating to Fund 1 during FY23 generated gross cash proceeds of $75.7 million, excluding $86.6 million 
from the third-party’s share of sale of an investment vehicle in December 2022, comprising: 

• $28.0 million from an investment disposal in December 2022.

• $47.7 million from the sale of a participation in Fund 1 assets which completed on 31 May 2023. 

This risk management strategy allows us to reduce duration and completion risks, while enhancing liquidity and preserving internal rates 
of return.

We expect this market will continue to evolve and we anticipate that it will provide a meaningful contribution to future sources of income.

Subject to achieving appropriate return metrics, we have identified investments (spread across all our funds) as potential candidates, 
either in whole or in part, for secondary market transactions. 

30

Omni Bridgeway

Investment activity (continued)

Fund summary and distribution profiles

The majority of our 301 investments reside within a Fund, with less than 2% of total investments remaining on the Group’s Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position with a minimal carrying value of $9.5 million.

The Funds 2&3 structure provide OBL shareholders with a back-end return of our capital and a substantial profit share, which we will 
attribute to OBL in future periods.

Our Second Generation Funds, Fund 4 and Fund 5, are demonstrating good progress and will generate returns and fees when the funds 
are more mature, further completions occur and performance crystallises the outcome from the waterfall.

Fund 1

Secondary market transactions in FY23 relating to Fund 1 resulted in the deconsolidation of the subsidiary on 31 May 2023. The residual 
interest in Fund 1 is recognised as an investment in associate within the Group Consolidated Financial Statements. Fund 1 operational 
metrics, effective from 1 June 2023 are not disclosed.

Funds 2&3

The investment period of Funds 2&3 have expired and they are in their “harvest” phase.

For Funds 2&3 there is $120 million capital and returns outstanding to the Fund NCI at 30 June 2023 and $30.1 million of cash proceeds 
from litigation and current receivables. The receipt and distribution will further pay down the Funds 2&3 NCI. 

Fund 4 and Fund 5

Fund 4 and Fund 5 continue to deploy capital and have approximately US$245 million in available capacity including recycling of capital. 
We plan on executing a first close of a series II upsizing in 1H24 of around US$400 million to US$600 million with existing investors. 
A second close is planned with other new investors to follow.

Fund 6 

Fund 6 is in harvest mode. Merits investment opportunities are being funded by Fund 5 and enforcement investment opportunities will 
flow to Fund 8 once closed. 

Fund 7 

Fund 7 is being restructured and discontinued. 

Fund 8 

The enforcement investments that are warehoused on the OBL balance sheet will transfer to Fund 8 upon completion, which is 
anticipated in 1Q24.

As part of establishing the first series of the €300 million Fund 8, we are in advanced stages to close a limited recourse debt facility of up to 
€135 million with standby equity to be provided by OBL of up to €15 million. 

The debt will be secured against an already acquired principal protection insurance policy as well as the Fund 8 investments. 

New funds

We are exploring the creation of new Funds, both structured in a similar manner and potentially dedicated to ESG and low-risk investment 
strategies, which, together with the upsizing of Funds 4 and 5, will increase our funds under management.

Fund distribution profiles

The following is a Fund summary and distribution profile at 30 June 2023:

Fund size

Phase

Committed Capital called

Fund breakdown

Capital 
deployed

Capital 
committed - 
undeployed

Capital 
uncommitted

Other 
(costs and 
recycled 
profits)

Outstanding amounts 
yet to be attributable 
to

Total 
distributions 
(capital and 

returns) NCI (A$)

OBL (A$)

$189m

Harvest

 100% 

$163m

$134m

$44m

($4m)

$15m

($67m)

$120m

US$500m Investing

US$500m Investing

 86% 

 85% 

US$236m US$225m US$190m

US$72m

US$13m

(US$74m)

$196m

US$168m US$134m US$262m

US$74m

US$30m

(US$19m)

$179m

€188m

Harvest

 100% 

€91m

€94m

€112m

(€18m)

€50m

US$100m

n/a

€150m Launched

 4% 

 4%   

US$4m

US$4m

–

US$96m

– 

<€1m 

€6m

€144m

–

–

–

–

–

$142m

$5m

–

$41m

$49m

$45m

$7m

<$1m

–

Portfolio
Funds 2&31
Fund 4
Fund 52
Fund 63,4
Fund 72
Fund 85,6

1. Fund 2&3 capital uncommitted represents the over commitment allowance. 

2. Fund 5 and Fund 7 are not consolidated within the Group Consolidated Financial Statements, here they are presented at 100%. 

3. Data for Fund 6 is current at 31 March 2023.

4. Fund size is €150m plus an over commitment allowance of 25%.

5. Investments warehoused on OBL balance sheet, fund size subject to completion of the debt facility.

6. The principal protection insurance extends the indemnity to €270 million which facilitates a second series or an upsize of series I. 

Annual Report 2023

31

Directors’ report continued 

Investment activity (continued)

Fund performance
The following table demonstrates ROIC and IRR for completed investments.

Balance sheet

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

Total

1 Year

3 Year

5 Year

Completed investment performance1

ROIC

1.01x

(0.20x)

1.16x

(0.96x)

2.87x

2.65x

0.02x

IRR

 17% 

 – 

 36% 

 (43%) 

 127% 

 50% 

 – 

ROIC

2.12x

0.51x

0.08x

(0.25x)

1.05x

2.08x

0.74x

IRR

 31% 

 10% 

 3% 

 75% 

 54% 

 60% 

 22% 

ROIC

1.70x

0.40x

0.84x

n/a

n/a

n/a

0.99x

IRR

35%

12%

64%

n/a

n/a

n/a

29%

1. Fund 1 to Fund 5 since their respective dates of inception and for Fund 6 since 2019 merger.

Specific investments

The Group’s balance sheet investment in the Brisbane Floods class action, Wivenhoe Dam, completed in June 2023. A final tranche of 
income of $16.0 million was recognised and reflects the finalisation of the loss assessment by external counsel. The final cash distribution 
of $13.7 million is anticipated to be received in late August 2023 and is reflected in the balance sheet receivable balance at 30 June 2023.

The Westgem investment on the Group’s balance sheet remains fully impaired. In June 2023, the High Court of Australia declined to grant 
special leave to appeal the Supreme Court of Western Australia Court of Appeal's decision. 

The appeal petition to the US Supreme Court in relation to the fully impaired Fund 4 investment was denied in April 2023. As there are no 
further avenues for appeal, the investment was removed from our portfolio. The EPV of this investment was $1.6 billion with an estimated 
completion date of FY24. 

Shareholders

Dividends

The Company considers its capital management options in light of the cash position and performance of the Group at the time as well as 
the likely demand for cash over the ensuing 12-month period. In determining the appropriate mechanism to deliver returns to 
shareholders, the Board will consider both semi-annual dividends and share buy-backs. Relevant considerations include the source and 
nature of income and the prevailing share price relative to the intrinsic value and the franking credit balance.

Based on the FY23 profit result and expected capital requirements, the Directors have not declared an interim or final dividend for the 
year (2022:Nil).

Shareholder returns

The following summary of operating results reflects the Group’s performance for the year ended 30 June 2023:

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

Return on assets (NPAT/average assets)

Return on equity (NPAT/average equity)
Net debt/equity ratio %1

2023

(11.50) 

(11.50) 

 0.1 %

 0.1 %

 8.2 %

2022

(17.17) 

(17.17) 

 0.6 %

 0.9 %

n/a

1. As cash and short term deposits are greater than total debt, net debt (cash and short term deposits less total debt) is positive as at 30 June 2022. 

Shares issued during the year

On 7 December 2022, the Company issued 7,755,446 shares to the vendors of OBE relating to the 2019 acquisition in satisfaction of the 
third tranche of variable deferred consideration and second and final tranche of deferred consideration.

On 30 August 2022, the Company issued 2,768,359 shares relating to the FY20 LTIP vesting.

Share options – unissued shares

As at 30 June 2023 there were 15,421,416 share performance rights on issue (2022: 15,929,183). 

32

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
Risk management 

Risk management framework

Omni Bridgeway’s risk management framework is overseen by the Board and includes our Risk Policy, Risk Strategy and Risk Appetite 
Statement setting out the arrangements for identification, assessment, monitoring, management and reporting of risks. Our Risk Policy 
describes our approach to risk management and as a key corporate governance policy is available on the OBL website. The Policy is 
supported by our Risk Appetite Statement which is set by the Board to be aligned with our business strategy.

Our Audit and Risk Committee receives at least quarterly reporting on risks measured against our risk appetite and ensures that we 
maintain our robust processes and systems for management of our identified current and anticipated risks. The Board requests and 
receives additional reporting on risk culture across the Group, including the results of risk culture surveys.

In FY23, we continue to evolve our risk management focus to respond to new and emerging risks whilst remaining focused on the quality 
of our investment management processes. The below ‘Key risks and responses’ table sets out some of our material risks and risk 
treatment responses.

Key risks and responses 

Risk

Description

Risk response

Investment 
governance 
and sourcing

Our biggest risk is our ability to maintain a high 
standard of investment decision making which has 
underpinned our historical success. 

Risk management policies and procedures are designed to ensure 
the continued high quality of investment decisions as well as 
diversity and reduced concentration risk. The role of the 
investment committees is a key pillar of our investment risk 
management process. 

Pricing structure which increases with duration, portfolio 
diversification and active use of the secondary market are the 
primary ways in which we have sought to navigate duration risk.

The timing of the completion of our investments is 
uncertain and generally entirely outside of our 
control. If a material number of investments are 
delayed this can produce a high level of earnings 
volatility.

Increased competition in any market may result in a 
potential reduction in market share or, at the least, 
an on-going challenge to convert a larger portion of 
the addressable market in order to maintain growth.

We manage competition through diversity of products and 
operating markets and ownership of investments while relying on 
our sourcing and underwriting expertise. As an established market 
leader we will continue to maintain pricing integrity and a floor in 
our pricing.

Investment 
duration

Competition

Capital raising

Cybersecurity

The rate of growth of the business in terms of 
investment commitments requires us to have the 
ability to raise capital, enabling us to be competitive 
in the markets in which we operate. The global 
increase in interest rates has increased the 
competition for third party capital.  

A major systems and/or data breach may have 
material adverse consequences for the business and 
its reputation. The business holds a high level of 
sensitive case material surrounding its investments, a 
data breach could result in the loss of privilege in 
such material and a breach of confidentiality 
obligations.

We seek to maintain our excellent track record through continued 
focus on risk management across all facets of the business and 
have a continuous engagement program with private capital 
markets.

The Board has oversight of our Cybersecurity Risk Management 
Framework and receives regular reporting on cybersecurity 
matters. Our cybersecurity risk management framework is 
supported by our cybersecurity, electronic communications, 
privacy, data breach management and other cyber related policies 
that set out requirements for ensuring the security of the 
confidential and personal information maintained in our systems 
and mechanisms for escalating and resolving breaches. Our 
employees are a critical line of defence in cybersecurity risk 
detection and we employ regular cybersecurity training, friendly 
phishing exercises as well as simulated cyber threat scenario 
workshops to reinforce cyber awareness.

We invest in security hardware, software and systems and regularly 
submit to external IT audits to prevent attacks and detect (and 
learn from) new attack tools, methodologies and targets. 

As part of our continuous focus on cybersecurity and in response 
to an increased focus globally on cybersecurity risks, we have 
undertaken an assessment and review of our cybersecurity risk 
management practices to benchmark against the NIST framework 
and ensure that we are meeting global best practices and 
standards in cybersecurity.

The group has developed an effective compliance risk 
management framework to ensure that we meet our global 
regulatory requirements. 

The Global Head of Risk and Compliance leads the risk and 
compliance function and ensures that the compliance framework 
is supported by global policies as well as a robust compliance 
monitoring, Board reporting and training program to instill best 
practice across our international network. Our global policies 
include internal breach reporting procedures as well as a 
Whistleblower Policy to enable policy violations and misconduct to 
be reported, escalated and managed using a transparent process.

Annual Report 2023

33

Regulatory, 
compliance 
and conduct

We are subject to global regulatory requirements. A 
material failure in compliance may result in a liability 
for damages, regulatory fines and reputational 
damage.

Directors’ report continued 

Significant events after reporting date

Apart from that disclosed in this report, no other circumstances have arisen since 30 June 2023 that have significantly affected, or may 
significantly affect the consolidated entities’ operations, the results of those operations, or the consolidated entities state of affairs in the 
future financial years.

Likely developments and expected results

The Group does not provide forecasts considering the difficulty in estimating the timing of the finalisation of its investments but provides 
an indication of its view of the possible completion dates and EPV in the quarterly portfolio reports.

The Group expects demand for its funding to continue in each of its markets. Competition is expected to increase in coming years with 
new entrants in each market. Litigation funding is considered non-cyclical or uncorrelated to underlying economic conditions.

Environmental regulation and performance

The Consolidated Entity’s operations are not presently subject to significant environmental regulation under the laws of the 
Commonwealth and the States of Australia.

Indemnification and insurance of directors and officers

During the financial year, the Company has paid premiums in respect of an insurance contract insuring all the directors and officers 
of the Group against any legal costs incurred in defending proceedings for conduct other than, amongst others:

(a) wilful breach of duty; or

(b) contravention of sections 182 or 183 of the Corporations Act 2001, as may be permitted by section 199B of the Corporations Act 

2001.

The total amount of premiums paid under the insurance contract referred to above was $2.3 million during the current financial year 
(2022: $2.2 million).

Indemnification of auditors

To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to indemnify its auditors, as part of the terms of its audit engagement against 
claims by third parties arising from the audit (for an unspecified amount). No payment has been made to indemnify BDO during or since 
the financial year.

Directors’ meetings

The number of meetings of directors held during the period under review, and the number of meetings attended by each director, were 
as follows:

Board 
Meetings

Project 
Sub Committee 
Meetings

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Corporate 
Governance 
Committee

9

9

9

8

3

9

9

2*,3

2

2

1,1*

1,1*

1*

2

1,1*

1*

4

4

3*

1*

2

4

4

1

3

3

1*

0

2

3

3

0

1

1

1*

1*

0

1

1

1

2

2

2*

0

0

2

2

1*

Total number of meetings held:

Meetings attended:

M Kay

A Saker

R van Hulst
M Bowen1
K Phin

C Feldmanis
M Green2

* Attended by invitation

1.

2.

Retired November 2022.

Appointed April 2023.

34

Omni Bridgeway

Letter from the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholder

I present the FY23 Remuneration Report on behalf of the Board of Directors (Board). As part of our ongoing commitment to 
transparency and responsible corporate governance, this report outlines our remuneration framework and practices during 
the fiscal year. 

As our qualitative investment business is characterised by an average three-year investment cycle, we believe it is important 
that our remuneration framework aligns with the overarching goals of our long-term business strategy while providing an 
effective mechanism to attract, motivate and retain high calibre employees with a long-term outlook. 

The remuneration structure for KMP, senior executives and investment managers is comprised of both fixed and “at risk” 
components. The fixed remuneration component is benchmarked against market standards in our various operating regions. 
The “at risk” element is structured as:

• a Short-Term Incentive Plan (STIP) that provides for an annual cash payment, subject to the achievement of key financial 

and non-financial performance objectives; and

• an equity based Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) that provides for an annual grant of performance rights with a three-year 
vesting cycle tested against the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 
the investment asset balance.

The Board conducted a review of the remuneration framework in 2021 and, as part of this process, Mercer confirmed that 
the principles and structure of our STIP and LTIP are well-aligned with industry peers and the broader market. Following this 
review, the Board determined to increase the TSR weighting in the LTIP vesting conditions to 80% and reduce the weighting of 
the investment asset CAGR to 20%.  In addition, forfeiture and clawback provisions were incorporated into the LTIP rules 
which maintain alignment of shareholder and employee’s interests beyond vesting.

The foundations of the STIP and LTIP have remained constant, whilst the performance hurdles and other elements have 
evolved with the business to ensure executive reward and shareholder value remain closely aligned. This is reflected in the 
vesting determination at the conclusion of FY23:

• 50% of LTIP performance rights are due to vest based upon the relevant metrics for their three-year performance between 

1 July 2020 and 30 June 2023. 

•

in light of the statutory loss in FY23, there have been no STIP payments awarded to senior employees. 

The Board values the insights and perspectives of shareholders and will continue to assess the appropriateness of the 
performance hurdles for the at-risk remuneration component to ensure they are aligned with the creation of long-term 
shareholder value. Given the importance of our people to the success of OBL, our goal is to incentivise and reward our 
exceptional team in the optimal manner for all stakeholders.

Yours faithfully

Karen Phin

Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Annual Report 2023

35

Directors’ report continued 

Remuneration Report (Audited)

This Remuneration Report outlines the director and Key Management Personnel (KMP) remuneration arrangements of the Group in 
accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and its Regulations. For the purposes of this report, KMP of the 
Group are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the major activities of the 
Group, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of Omni Bridgeway Limited (OBL).

Key management personnel

Details of OBL’s KMP for the 2023 financial year are:

(i) Directors

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Non-Executive Director and Chairman

Managing Director & CEO and Chief Strategy Officer - US

Raymond van Hulst

Executive Director, Managing Director and Co-Chief Investment Officer – EMEA

Michael Bowen

Non-Executive Director (retired on 30 November 2022)

Karen Phin

Non-Executive Director 

Christine Feldmanis

Non-Executive Director

Michael Green

Non-Executive Director (formally appointed on 28 April 2023)

(ii) Executives

Stuart Mitchell

Group Chief Financial Officer (resigned effective 30 September 2022)

Jeremy Sambrook

Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

Guillaume Leger

Global Chief Financial Officer (appointed 1 September 2022)

There were no other changes to OBL’s KMP after the reporting date and before the financial report was authorised for issue.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee determines and reviews the remuneration arrangements for the Board and KMP. This involves an 
assessment of the appropriateness of the nature and amount of the emoluments on a periodic basis by reference to relevant 
employment market conditions.

Mercer Consulting (Australia) Pty Ltd was engaged in 2021 to review our remuneration structure. The review led to some adjustment in 
the STIP and LTIP. The Board is satisfied that the review was free from undue influence by eligible participants, KMP or other LTIP 
participants.

Remuneration philosophy

The performance of the Group is heavily dependent upon the quality of its directors, KMP and staff generally. Accordingly, the Company 
must attract, motivate, and retain high calibre directors and personnel.

The Group embodies the following principles in its remuneration framework:

• determination of appropriate market rates for the fixed remuneration component recognising that the majority of investment 

professionals are most comparable to partners in private practice professional services businesses; and

• establishment of appropriate performance hurdles for the variable at-risk remuneration component.

Remuneration structure

The structure of non-executive director and executive or KMP remuneration structures are separate and distinct.

Non-executive director remuneration structure

All non-executive directors enter into service agreements with the Company in the form of a letter of appointment. The letter summarises 
the Board policies and terms, including remuneration, relevant to the office of Director.

Fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect the demands which are made on, and the responsibilities of, the non-executive 
directors.

Non-executive directors’ fees and payments totalled $601,101 (including superannuation), as disclosed in the following tables in this 
report.

At the 2015 Annual General Meeting, shareholders approved payments up to $700,000 to non-executive directors.

There are no retirement allowances for non-executive directors, nor do they have a variable at-risk remuneration component. 
Non-executive directors may elect to have a portion of their remuneration paid into their personal superannuation plans.

36

Omni Bridgeway

Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Executive & KMP remuneration structures

Objective

The Group aims to reward executives, KMP and other staff with a level and mix of compensation elements commensurate with their 
position and responsibilities, within the following framework:

• reward for Group and individual performance against targets set to appropriate benchmarks;

• align the interests with shareholders;

•

link rewards with the internal strategic goals of the Group; and

• ensure total compensation is competitive by market standards.

Structure

All executives and KMP have employment contracts. Details of these contracts are provided below in the following Executive & KMP 
Employment Contracts table.

Remuneration consists of two key elements: (i) fixed component, consisting of base salary, retirement contributions, and benefits; 
and (ii) variable at-risk component, consisting of (i) short-term incentive plan (STIP) and (ii) long-term incentive plan (LTIP).

Fixed remuneration component

The levels of fixed remuneration are reflective of employment conditions in respective locations and consider skills, experience, and 
responsibility. Reference is generally to the private practice professional services market within which the Company competes for talent. 
Investment managers are invariably at or around the partner level of legal practices prior to joining the Group.

Fixed compensation is reviewed annually by the Nomination and Remuneration Committee. The process consists of a review of Group and 
individual performance, relevant comparative compensation in the market and internally and, where appropriate, external advice on 
policies and practices.

Variable at-risk remuneration component 
(short & long-term)

Objective

The objective of the variable compensation component is to reward executives in a manner aligned with the objectives and internal key 
performance indicators of the Group. The total potential incentive available is set at a level to provide sufficient incentivization to achieve 
the operational and strategic targets at a reasonable cost.

Structure

There is a STIP based on one-year performance and a LTIP tied to three-year performance. The STIP & LTIP are products of and subject 
to external remuneration review and are reflective of industry standards.

Short-Term Incentive Plan

The purpose of STIP is to provide an annual ‘at-risk’ incentive to participants linked to the achievement of specific financial and 
non-financial performance goals. The STIP performance measures reflect the core drivers of short-term performance and also provide 
a framework for delivering sustainable value to the Group, its shareholders and other stakeholders.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

The LTIP is tied to the Group’s long-term performance. It encourages equity ownership and directly aligns shareholders’ and participants’ 
interests, whilst also not being a cash drain.

There are 2 tranches of LTIP. The relative proportion between each can be changed by the Remuneration Committee each year.

Key Features of Variable Remuneration Component

STIP

LTIP

Participants

Participation % of TFR

Executive directors & KMP
(participant may substitute their 
allocation with rights equivalent to 
LTIP rights)
Senior employees

All executive directors & KMP.
Senior employees

–

max 40%

Pre-1 July 2021 employees:
– LTIP Executive
– Other
Post-1 July 2021 employees:
– Level 1 participant max 40%
– Level 2 participant max 35%
– Level 3 participant max 30%
– Level 4 participant max 20%

Pre-1 July 2021 employees:
– Executive
– Other
Post-1 July 2021 employees:
– Executive 
– Senior participant
– Junior participant

max 100%

max 60%

max 100%

max 60%

max 30%

Annual Report 2023

37

Directors’ report continued 

Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Key Features of Variable Remuneration Component

Payment frequency 
and type

STIP

Annual in cash

Performance criteria

(i)  Group’s financial
Positive consolidated net profit 
before tax for the year, as a gating 
requirement.

(ii) Individual
Key performance indicators (KPIs) are 
targeted to the individual’s role and 
their ability to influence the strategic 
and commercial objectives of the 
Group incorporated in the approved 
business plan and budget, risk and 
compliance policies and procedures, 
and cultural, leadership and 
behavioural expectations

Other

LTIP

Annual grant of performance rights with 3-year vesting
Each right over OBL ordinary shares is issued for
no consideration or exercise price
The number of rights issued at the beginning of each service 
period is determined by reference to individual’s TFR and the 
Company’s VWAP at either (i) 30 June of the preceding Financial 
Year; or 31 December of the preceding Half Financial Year, 
depending on when a participant became eligible to participate in 
the LTIP

Tranche 1 – Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR) = 80%
OBL’s TSR compared to a peer 
group comprising entities from 
the ASX diversified financials 
industry group with a market 
capitalisation of < $1bn

Tranche 2 – Capital deployed = 
20%
The amount of capital deployed 
to litigation investments

Tranche 1 – (TSR) = 80%
Vesting depends on Company’s 
Percentile ranking over the 
vesting period compared to the 
peer group:

Tranche 2 – Capital deployed = 
20%
Vesting depends on the CAGR 
of Capital deployed over the 
vesting period

Percentile rank

less than 50th

equal to 50th

between 50-75%

% tranche 1
 – TSR vesting

nil

50%

50-100%
determined on a 
straight line basis

CAGR

less than 5%

equal to 5%

between 5 -7%

% tranche 2 – 
Funds deployed

nil

50%

50-100%
determined on a 
straight line basis

75th or above

100%

7% or above

100%

– Good leaver/bad leaver provisions in respect to unvested 

rights

– Malus event provisions in respect to fraud, dishonest 

behaviour, or gross misconduct
– 12-month clawback provisions.

38

Omni Bridgeway

 
Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Executive & KMP Employment Contracts

Andrew Saker Managing Director & CEO and Chief Strategy Officer – US

Contract commenced

5 January 2015

Gross annual salary package

$1,250,000 (excluding super) + a USA cost-of-living allowance

Salary review

Notice period

Termination payment arrangements

By the Board from time to time

6 months by the Group or 12 months by the employee

As approved at the 21 November 2018 AGM (i) notice period (ii) 12 
months’ salary, (iii) statutory entitlements, and (iv) If termination 
occurs due to the provision of notice by OBL, or due to the 
provision of notice by Mr Saker following a material breach by the 
Company of the executive services agreement or a material 
diminution of Mr Saker’s role or due to redundancy or Mr Saker’s
ill health, then, in addition to the above, Mr Saker shall be entitled 
to receive a potential further amount calculated by reference to the 
number of shares Mr Saker would have received had he retained 
the good leaver proportion of his unvested performance rights. Any 
such payment is contingent on the level of satisfaction of the 
performance conditions associated with the referenced 
performance rights and shall be calculated by reference to the 5-
day-VWAP calculated at the time such performance rights would 
have vested if they had been held for the full performance period.

STIP / LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee – “Executive”

Raymond van Hulst Executive Director, Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer – EMEA

Contract commenced

Gross annual salary package

Salary review

Notice period

Termination payment arrangements

21 April 2020

CHF620,000

Annually

3 months by either the Group or employee

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad 
leaver status unvested LTIP

STIP / LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee – “Other”

New Contract

Based on Raymond van Hulst’s appointment as CEO, a new 
contract will be entered into, effective on 26 October 2023.

Annual Report 2023

39

Directors’ report continued 

Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Executive & KMP Employment Contracts

Jeremy Sambrook Group General Counsel and Company Secretary

Contract commenced

18 January 2016

Gross annual salary package

$500,000 (including super)

Salary review

Notice period

Annually

6 months by either the Group or employee

Termination payment arrangements

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad 
leaver status unvested LTIP

STIP / LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee – “Executive”

Stuart Mitchell Group Chief Financial Officer (handover to G. Leger effective 1 September 2022) 

Contract commenced/concluded

12 November 2018 /30 September 2022

Gross annual salary package

$450,000 (including super)

Salary review

Notice period

Annually

6 months by either the Group or employee

Termination payment arrangements

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad 
leaver status unvested LTIP

STIP / LTIP Participation level

Pre-1 July 2021 employee – “Other”

Guillaume Leger Global Chief Financial Officer (handover from S. Mitchell effective 1 September 2022) 

Contract commencement

12 August 2022

Gross annual salary package

USD500,000 plus safe harbour

Salary review

Notice period

Annually

3 months by either the Group or employee

Termination payment arrangements

Statutory entitlements, notice period, and subject to good or bad 
leaver status unvested LTIP

STIP / LTIP Participation level

Post-1 July 2021 employee – Level 1 participant/Senior Participant

Appointment performance rights

Rights with personal KPI & continuity of service hurdles:

– 140,752 rights; for period 1 September 2022 – 30 June 2023
– 60,307 rights; for period 1 September 2022 – 30 June 2024

40

Omni Bridgeway

Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Remuneration of Key Management Personnel

Fixed Remuneration

Variable 
Remuneration

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment

Long-term 
benefits

Share based 
payments

Salary & fees 
$

Cash bonus 
accrued 
$

Super- 
annuation /
pension 
$

Employee 
entitlements
$

Share 
performance 
rights 
$

Termination 
payments 
$

Total 
remuneration 
$

Performance 
related 
%

203,526   

  1,974,251   

  1,044,057   

37,707   

135,747   

150,000   

34,539   

108,037   

480,231   

686,111   

  4,854,206   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

21,370   

25,292   

49,759   

3,959   

14,253   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(1,566)   

622,391   

8,830   

183,260   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

224,896 

2,620,368 

1,285,906 

41,666 

150,000 

150,000 

34,539 

6,323   

(100,704)   

167,618   

87,749   

269,023 

25,292   

27,603   

248,321   

7,478   

51,602   

802,616   

–   

–   

781,447 

1,547,807 

153,726   

(14,235)   

2,024,206   

87,749   

7,105,652 

 – 

 24% 

 14% 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 62% 

 32% 

 52% 

2023

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

R. van Hulst
M. Bowen1
K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

M. Green

Executives
S. Mitchell2
J. Sambrook

G. Leger

Total

1.  Michael Bowen retired on 30 November 2022. 

2.  Stuart Mitchell left the Group on 31 August 2022. The negative employee entitlements reflects the payments of his accrued entitlements.

Fixed Remuneration

Variable 
Remuneration

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment

Long-term 
benefits

Share based 
payments

Salary & fees 
$

Cash bonus 
accrued 
$

Super- 
annuation /
pension1 
$

Employee 
entitlements
$

Share 
performance 
rights
$

Termination 
payments 
$

Total 
remuneration 
$

Performance 
related 
%

204,451   

  1,951,827   

488,216   

792,252   

90,909   

135,273   

150,000   

430,707   

446,377   

  4,690,012   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

20,445   

–   

–   

23,568   

134,937   

1,105,319   

–   

–   

224,896 

3,215,651 

11,784   

(873,526)   

600,816   

882,489   

1,109,779 

36,429   

18,275   

141,033   

9,091   

14,727   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

987,989 

100,000 

150,000 

150,000 

23,568   

33,712   

245,762   

23,568   

27,531   

264,042   

–   

–   

733,749 

761,518 

163,180   

(659,071)   

2,356,972   

882,489   

7,433,582 

 – 

 34% 

 54% 

 14% 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 33% 

 35% 

2022

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

H. McLernon

R. van Hulst
M. Bowen1
K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

The following table outlines the proportion of maximum STIP earned by KMP in the 2023 financial year.

2023
Andrew Saker1
Raymond van Hulst

Stuart Mitchell

Guillaume Leger
Jeremy Sambrook 1

Maximum STIP 
opportunity
 (% of TFR)

Maximum STIP 
opportunity 
($)

% of 
maximum
 earned

 – 

 25% 

 40% 

 – 

 – 

–

193,945

180,000

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

% of STIP 
forfeited

 – 

 100% 

 100% 

 – 

 – 

1. Elected to receive 100% of variable remuneration as LTIP.

Non-executives (M. Kay, M. Bowen, K. Phin, C. Feldmanis, M. Green) did not participate in STIP. They have not been included in the table. 
Any awards of STIP for FY23 will, in accordance with the Company’s remuneration cycle, be determined in the coming months.

Annual Report 2023

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Share performance rights – Granted and vested during the year – Key Management Personnel

Granted during the year

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Total

Grant 
date

Vesting 
date

Expiry
 Date

Awarded 
during the 
year

Fair value per 
rights at 
grant date 1

Awarded 
during the 
year

Fair value per 
rights at 
grant date 1

awarded 
during the 
year

value granted 
during the 
year

Vested during 
the years

Number

$

Number

$

Number

$

Number

Value 
remaining to  
be expensed  
to profit &  

loss

$

01-Jul-22

30-Jun-25

01-Jul-37

129,431  

01-Jul-22

30-Jun-25

01-Jul-37

90,080  

1.85 

1.85 

32,358  

22,520  

3.32 

3.32 

161,789  

346,876 

131,949  

146,582 

112,600  

241,414 

30,353  

204,027 

01-Jul-22

30-Jun-25

01-Jul-37

–  

01-Jul-22

30-Jun-25

01-Jul-37

117,479  

01-Jul-22

30-Jun-25

01-Jul-37

170,531  

14-Jul-22

30-Jun-23

14-Jul-37

140,752  

1.85 

1.85 

1.85 

3.85 

–  

29,370  

42,633  

3.32 

3.32 

3.32 

–  

– 

21,031  

– 

146,849  

314,844 

26,147  

292,295 

213,164  

457,024 

–  

304,682 

–  

– 

140,752  

541,895 

140,752  

– 

14-Jul-22

30-Jun-24

14-Jul-37

–  

– 

60,307  

3.78 

60,307  

227,659 

–  

108,379 

648,273

187,188

835,461   2,129,712 

350,232   1,055,965 

2023

Executive Directors

A. Saker

R. van Hulst

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

G. Leger
G. Leger Bonus T12
G. Leger Bonus T22

Total

1. The performance rights vested in current year is subject to fx adjustment, which has been estimated for the year end reporting purpose. 

2. Guillaume Leger's T1 and T2 Bonus is included in addition to performance rights.

Granted during the year

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Total

Grant 
date

Vesting 
date

Expiry
 Date

Awarded 
during the 
year

Fair value per 
rights at 
grant date¹

Awarded 
during the 
year

Fair value per 
rights at 
grant date¹

awarded 
during the 
year

value granted 
during the 
year

Vested during 
the years

Number

$

Number

$

Number

$

Number

Value 
remaining to  
be expensed  
to profit &  

loss

$

30-Nov-21

30-Jun-24

01-Jul-36

273,622  

1.41 

68,406  

3.09 

342,028  

597,181 

374,057  

705,826 

–

–

–

–  

– 

–  

– 

– 

– 

289,634  

137,355 

30-Nov-21

30-Jun-24

01-Jul-36

59,222  

1.41 

14,806  

3.09 

74,028  

129,253 

27,880  

145,873 

01-Jul-21

30-Jun-24

01-Jul-36

58,008  

01-Jul-21

30-Jun-24

01-Jul-36

93,458  

484,310

1.79 

1.79 

14,502  

23,364  

121,078

3.42 

3.42 

72,510  

153,431 

80,796  

167,618 

116,822  

247,195 

75,410  

225,772 

605,388   1,127,060 

847,777   1,382,444 

2022

Executive Directors

A. Saker

H. McLernon

R. van Hulst

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

Non-executives (M. Kay, M. Bowen, K. Phin, C. Feldmanis, M. Green) did not participate in LTIP. They have not been included in the table. 

The fair value of performance rights is determined at the time of grant as prescribed in AASB 2. For details on the valuation of 
performance rights, including models and assumptions used, refer to Note 32.

Share performance right holdings of Key Management Personnel

Balance 
1 July 2022 
Number

Movement for the year

Balance 
30 June 2023
Number

Total

Number

Granted as 
remuneration

Number

Exercised 

Number

Lapsed

Number

Total

Number

Vested 

Number

Unvested

Number

2,808,524

162,068

367,122

112,600

–

(414,676)

2,760,970

2,334,547

(16,725)

(40,962)

216,981

30,353

262,152

311,674

–

–

146,849

414,223

–

–

–

(77,274)

(26,147)

–

184,878

432,376

414,223

154,643

168,705

140,752

426,423

186,628

30,235

263,671

273,471

3,544,418

1,040,794

(16,725)

(559,059)

4,009,428

2,829,000

1,180,428

2023

Executive Directors

A. Saker

R. van Hulst

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

G. Leger

Total

42

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Balance 
1 July 2021

Movement for the year

Balance
 30 June 2022

Total

Number

Granted as 
remuneration

Number

Exercised 

Number

Lapsed

Number

Total

Number

Vested 

Number

Unvested

Number

342,028

–

(60,675)

2,808,524

2,202,598

–

(1,723,993)

(258,927)

(4,612)

407,435

162,068

289,634

27,880

605,926

117,801

134,188

2,527,171

2,390,355

92,652

202,748

207,084

5,420,010

74,028

72,510

116,822

605,388

(13,106)

(12,232)

262,152

311,674

133,612

142,558

128,540

169,116

(1,723,993)

(349,552)

3,951,853

2,796,282

1,155,571

Non-executives (M. Kay, M. Bowen, K. Phin, C. Feldmanis, M. Green) did not participate in LTIP. They have not been included in the table.

Interests of Key Management Personnel

–

–

–

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

Balance
 1 July 2022

Received as 
remuneration

Shares

Share
performance 
rights exercised

Number

Number

Number

Net change 
other1
Number

Bonds

Notes

Balance 
30 June 2023

Number

Number

Number

570,000   

182,068   

3,045,379   

1,114,620   

27,266   

60,656   

134,941   

8,446   

–

5,143,376   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

570,000   

182,068   

16,725   

1,669,179   

4,731,283   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–

1,114,620   

27,266   

60,656   

134,941   

8,446   

–

16,725   

1,669,179   

6,829,280   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

– 

Balance
 1 July 2021

Received as 
remuneration

Shares

Share
performance 
rights exercised

Number

Number

Number

Net change 
other1
Number

Bonds

Notes

Balance 
30 June 2022

Number

Number

Number

470,000   

182,068   

4,185,982   

2,153,551   

1,114,620   

27,266   

45,656   

134,941   

8,446   

8,322,530   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

100,000   

–   

1,723,993   

(5,909,975)   

570,000   

182,068   

–   

891,828   

3,045,379   

1,114,620   

1,500   

–   

–   

15,000   

27,266   

60,656   

–   

–   

134,941   

8,446   

1,723,993   

(4,903,147)   

5,143,376   

1,500   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

80 

– 

– 

80 

2022

Directors

A. Saker

H. McLernon

R. van Hulst

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

2023

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

R. van Hulst

M. Bowen

K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

G. Leger

Total

2022

Directors

M. Kay

A. Saker

H. McLernon

R. van Hulst

M. Bowen

K. Phin

C. Feldmanis

Executives

S. Mitchell

J. Sambrook

Total

1. Net change other relates to shares bought or sold on market.

Shares above are held nominally by the Directors or the other key management personnel.

Annual Report 2023

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report continued 

Remuneration Report (Audited) (continued)

Loans to Key Management Personnel

There have been no loans provided to KMP in 2023 (2022: nil).

Transactions with Key Management Personnel

During the period, the Group obtained legal advice from a legal firm associated with Michael Bowen, Thomson Geer Lawyers of $55,012 
(2022: $37,886). The legal advice was obtained at arm’s length. The Group engages a number of different law firms for its external legal 
advice and its relationship with Thomson Geer is not exclusive. Michael Bowen did not participate in any board decisions to appoint 
external counsel when Thomson Geer was being considered for engagement. Refer to Note 36 for details.

– End of Remuneration Report –

44

Omni Bridgeway

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Annual Report 2023

45

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30 June 2023

Continuing operations

Revenue from contracts with customers

Interest revenue

Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangible assets

Net gain on disposal of litigation investments - purchased claims

Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries

Other income

Total income

Finance costs

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

Depreciation expense

Employee benefits expenses

Corporate and office expenses

Other expenses

Impairment expense and adverse costs - litigation investments

Share of loss/(profit) in associates

Loss before tax and fair value adjustments

Fair value adjustment of financial assets and liabilities

Loss before tax

Income tax benefit

Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

Note

2

3

4

12

34

5

6(a)

6(b)

6(c)

6(d)

6(e)

6(f)

6(g)

35

7

8

34

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:

Movement in foreign currency translation reserve

Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:

Movement in foreign currency translation reserve attributed to non-controlling interests

34

Other comprehensive income net of tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

Consolidated

2023

$'000

11,469   

9,009   

44,666   

1,019   

46,078   

4,569   

116,810   

2,688   

4,042   

3,917   

73,992   

18,146   

6,790   

13,102   

555   

(6,422)   

2,610   

(3,812)   

(4,674)   

862   

2022

$'000

21,867 

8,368 

49,029 

790 

– 

9,127 

89,181 

1,397 

5,650 

3,455 

59,149 

17,411 

3,602 

8,120 

(387) 

(9,216) 

7,424 

(1,792) 

(8,274) 

6,482 

(31,659)   

32,521   

(45,645) 

52,127 

6,340   

8,599 

6,291   

12,631   

13,493   

10,465 

19,064 

25,546 

(25,319)   

38,812   

(37,046) 

62,592 

Loss per share attributable to the equity holders of the Company (cents per share)

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

8

8

(11.50)

(11.50)

(17.17)

(17.17)

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

46

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 30 June 2023

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Contract costs

Other assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Litigation investments - claims portfolio

Litigation investments - purchased claims

Litigation investments - intangible assets

Litigation investments - financial assets

Litigation investments - investment in associates

Goodwill

Right of use assets and other plant and equipment

Investment in associates

Contract costs

Other assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Income tax payable

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Debt securities

Litigation investments - deferred consideration

Other financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Borrowings

Litigation investments - deferred consideration

Other financial liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Contributed equity

Reserves

Accumulated losses

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Note

Consolidated

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

18

22

23

24

22

11

12

13

14

35

16

25

35

23

24

7

26

27

28

19

15

29

27

28

19

15

29

7

20

21(a)

21

34

117,016   

140,770   

939   

8,000   

158,966 

127,754 

939 

5,424 

266,725   

293,083 

45,661   

125,775   

37,423   

370,085   

7,078   

56,336   

103,304   

18,446   

6,981   

1,644   

17,788   

77,589   

36,638 

106,123 

47,040 

394,684 

3,071 

– 

95,567 

14,869 

5,031 

2,583 

12,751 

63,809 

868,110   

782,166 

1,134,835   

1,075,249 

50,110   

8,007   

31,238   

2,933   

–   

3,342   

8,097   

103,727   

1,291   

15,008   

181,639   

4,325   

10,750   

30,879   

2,930   

246,822   

350,549   

784,286   

449,854   

18,488   

(119,491)   

348,851   

435,435   

784,286   

41,953 

7,464 

25,124 

2,755 

148,000 

21,872 

29,161 

276,329 

1,243 

11,173 

– 

– 

16,568 

30,282 

155 

59,421 

335,750 

739,499 

406,963 

9,759 

(87,832) 

328,890 

410,609 

739,499 

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Annual Report 2023

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 30 June 2023

Cash flows from operating activities

Proceeds from litigation investments - claims portfolio

Payments for litigation investments - claims portfolio

Proceeds from management and performance fees

Payments to suppliers and employees

Interest received

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Note

Consolidated

2023

$'000

4,822   

(16,792)   

8,773   

(106,014)   

1,775   

(19,428)   

(3,564)   

2022

$'000

13,434 

(14,554) 

12,586 

(74,079) 

318 

(7,475) 

(4,777) 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

10

(130,428)   

(74,547) 

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from litigation investments - purchased claims

Proceeds from litigation investments - intangible assets

Payments for litigation investments - intangible assets

Payments for litigation investments - capitalised overheads and employee costs

Payments for plant and equipment

Loans to related parties

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Payments of borrowing costs

Repayment of debt

Proceeds from issue of borrowings

Payments of lease liabilities

Contributions from non-controlling interests

Distributions to non-controlling interests

Payments for debt insurance

Payments of share buy-back scheme

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents held

Net foreign exchange difference

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

662   

6,427 

121,824   

273,294 

(157,725)   

(105,559) 

(7,786)   

(730)   

(1,443)   

75,757   

30,559   

(9,436)   

(149,440)   

190,000   

(4,335)   

135,854   

(6,734) 

(1,850) 

(2,107) 

– 

163,471 

– 

– 

– 

(4,576) 

43,617 

(93,166)   

(113,335) 

(9,998)   

(1,660)   

57,819   

(42,050)   

100   

158,966   

117,016   

– 

– 

(74,294) 

14,630 

1,688 

142,648 

158,966 

34

19

34

34

18

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

48

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2023

Share 
based 
payment 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Issued 
capital

Option 
premium 
reserve

Convertible 
note 
reserve

Fund 
equity 
reserve

Accumulated 
losses

Notes

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

Non-
controlling 
interests

$'000

Total

$'000

Total 
equity

$'000

  406,963 

  32,273 

(19,806)   

3,404 

3,832 

(9,944)   

(87,832)    328,890 

  410,609 

  739,499 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

6,340 

– 

6,340 

  13,839 

(19,399)   

– 

9,868 

  30,712 

– 

– 

(1,660)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7,553 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(31,659)   

(31,659)   

32,521 

862 

– 

6,340 

6,291 

  12,631 

– 

(31,659)    (25,319)   

38,812 

  13,493 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2,789)   

– 

– 

(5,560)   

9,868 

– 

– 

(5,560) 

9,868 

– 

  30,712 

– 

  30,712 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  135,854 

  135,854 

– 

(93,166)   

(93,166) 

(1,660)   

– 

(1,660) 

4,764 

(49,518)   

(44,754) 

– 

7,156 

– 

7,156 

(7,156)   

– 

At 1 July 2022

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other 
comprehensive income

Total 
comprehensive 
income/(loss) for the 
year

Equity 
Transactions:

Shares issued

Share based payments, 
net of tax

Shares issued to settle 
deferred and variable 
deferred consideration

Contributions from 
non-controlling 
interests

Distributions to non-
controlling interests

Share Buy-back 
Scheme

Deconsolidation of 
Subsidiary

Changes in the 
proportion of equity 
held by non-controlling 
interests

At 30 June 2023

20, 21, 34   449,854 

  22,742 

(5,913)   

3,404 

3,832 

(5,577)   

(119,491)    348,851 

  435,435 

  784,286 

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Annual Report 2023

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
continued

Share 
based 
payment 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

Issued 
capital

Option 
premium 
reserve

Convertible 
note 
reserve

Fund 
equity 
reserve

Accumulated 
losses

Notes

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

Non-
controlling 
interests

Total 
equity

$'000

$'000

Total

$'000

  389,501 

  28,327 

(28,405)   

3,404 

3,832 

  (22,599)   

(42,187)    331,873 

  430,474 

  762,347 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

8,599 

– 

8,599 

6,522 

(6,522)   

– 

  10,468 

  10,940 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(45,645)   

(45,645)   

52,127 

6,482 

– 

8,599 

10,465 

  19,064 

– 

(45,645)    (37,046)   

62,592 

  25,546 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  10,468 

– 

  10,468 

– 

  10,940 

– 

  10,940 

– 

– 

– 

43,617 

  43,617 

– 

  (113,335)   (113,335) 

– 

  12,655 

– 

  12,655 

(12,739)   

(84) 

At 1 July 2021

Profit/(loss) for the year

Other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive 
income/(loss) for the 
year

Equity 
Transactions:

Shares issued

Share based
payments, net
of tax

Shares issued to 
settle deferred and
variable deferred
consideration

Contributions from 
non-controlling 
interests

Distributions to 
non-controlling 
interests

Changes in the 
proportion of 
equity held by non-
controlling interests

At 30 June 2022

20, 21, 34   406,963 

  32,273 

(19,806)   

3,404 

3,832 

(9,944)   

(87,832)    328,890 

  410,609 

  739,499 

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

50

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 30 June 2023

About this Report

The financial report of Omni Bridgeway Limited (OBL, Company, Parent) and its subsidiaries (Group, Consolidated Entity) for the year 
ended 30 June 2023 was authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on 22 August 2023. The principal activities of 
the entities within the consolidated group are:

i.

the investment into and management of Funds (or Fund-like structures) that are focused on investing into litigation and dispute 
resolution matters globally; and

ii.

the continued holding of direct investments into similar litigation and dispute resolution matters.

Omni Bridgeway Limited (ABN 45 067 298 088) is a for profit company incorporated and domiciled in Australia and limited by shares that 
are publicly traded on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX code: OBL).

This section sets out the basis upon which the Group’s Financial Statements are prepared. Specific accounting policies are described in 
the respective notes to the Financial Statements. This section also shows information on new or amended accounting standards and 
interpretations and their impact on the financial position and performance of the Group.

a. Basis of preparation

The financial report is a general purpose financial report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and other authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards 
Board. The financial report has been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the financial assets and liabilities that have been 
measured at fair value.

The amounts contained within this report have been rounded to the nearest $1,000 or $100,000 (where rounding is applicable) under the 
option available to the Company under ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191.

b. Compliance with IFRS

The financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting 
Standards Board.

c. Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Omni Bridgeway Limited and its subsidiaries at 30 June 2023. 
Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability 
to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

The Group includes Fund collective investment vehicles over which Omni Bridgeway Limited has the right to direct the relevant activities 
of the Fund under contractual arrangements and has exposure to variable returns from the Fund collective investment vehicles. See Note 
34.

The financial results of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Company, using consistent accounting policies.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, all intercompany balances and transactions, income and expenses and profits and 
losses resulting from intra-group transactions have been eliminated in full.

Foreign currency

The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is also the Parent’s functional currency. The 
Group determines the functional currency of each entity in the Group. The Group uses the direct method of consolidation and on disposal 
of a foreign operation, the gain or loss that is reclassified to profit or loss reflects the amount that arises from using this method.

Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by each entity in the Group at their respective functional currency spot rates at the 
date the transaction first qualifies for recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are converted at the 
functional currency spot rates of exchange at the reporting date.

Exchange differences arising on settlement or conversion of monetary items are recognised in profit or loss.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the 
dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates 
at the date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss arising on translation of non-monetary items measured at fair value is 
treated in line with the recognition of gain or loss on change in fair value of the item (i.e. translation differences on items whose fair value 
gain or loss is recognised in other comprehensive income or profit or loss are also recognised in other comprehensive income or profit 
or loss, respectively).

Group companies

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing 
at the reporting date and their statements of profit or loss are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. 
The exchange differences arising on translation for consolidation purposes are recognised in other comprehensive income. On disposal 
of a foreign operation, the component of other comprehensive income relating to that particular foreign operation is recognised in profit 
or loss.

Annual Report 2023

51

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

About this Report (continued)

d. New and amended accounting standards and interpretations adopted during the year

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Group’s annual consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2022. All new and amended accounting standards and interpretations effective from 1 July 2022 
were adopted by the Group with no material impact.

e. New and amended accounting standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective

The new and amended standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, up to the date of issuance of the Group’s 
financial statements that the Group reasonably expects will have an impact on its disclosures, financial position or performance when 
applied at a future date, are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these new and amended standards and interpretations, if 
applicable, when they become effective. Of the other standards and interpretations that are issued, but not yet effective, as these are not 
expected to impact the Group, they have not been listed.

Amendments to IAS 1: Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current

In January 2020, the IASB issued amendments to paragraphs 69 to 76 of IAS 1 to specify the requirements for classifying liabilities as 
current or non-current. The amendments clarify:

• What is meant by a right to defer settlement

• That a right to defer must exist at the end of the reporting period

• That classification is unaffected by the likelihood that an entity will exercise its deferral right.

That only if an embedded derivative in a convertible liability is itself an equity instrument would the terms of a liability not impact its 
classification.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and must be applied retrospectively. The 
Group has assessed the impact of the amendments on current practice and it is not expected to have a material impact on the Group. 

Amendments to IAS 12 – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction 

On 7 May 2021, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12, requires companies to recognise deferred tax on transactions that, on initial 
recognition, give rise to equal amounts of taxable and deductible temporary differences. The amendments are effective for annual 
reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023. The amendments should be applied on a modified retrospective basis. The 
amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

f. Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of 
contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements.

Key judgements

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

Consolidation of entities in which the Group holds less than a majority voting right (de facto control)

The Group has assessed the entities in which it has an interest to determine whether or not control exists and the entity is, therefore, 
consolidated into the Group. These entities are listed in Notes 33 and 34. For those entities consolidated with an interest less than 51%, 
the Group uses judgement to determine that it has power to direct the relevant activities of the investee under contractual arrangements 
and sufficient exposure to variable returns. In reviewing whether the Group has power and sufficient exposure to variable returns the 
Group considers whether it is acting as a principal or as an agent of the entity.

Taxation

The Group’s accounting policy for taxation requires management’s judgement in assessing whether deferred tax assets and certain 
deferred tax liabilities are recognised on the Statement of Financial Position. Deferred tax assets, including those arising from tax losses, 
capital losses and temporary differences, are recognised only where it is considered more likely than not that they will be recovered, which 
is dependent on the generation of sufficient future taxable profits.

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows as contained in the 
Group’s yearly budget. These depend on estimates of future income, operating costs, capital expenditure, dividends and other capital 
management transactions.

Judgements and assumptions are also required about the application of income tax legislation. These judgements and assumptions are 
subject to risk and uncertainty, hence there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the 
amount of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognised in the Statement of Financial Position and the amount of other tax 
losses and temporary differences not yet recognised. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amounts of recognised deferred 
tax assets and liabilities may require adjustment, resulting in a corresponding credit or charge to the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income.

Litigation investments

Classification of litigation investments as either Claims Portfolio, Purchased Claims, Intangible Assets or Financial Assets requires 
judgement on the circumstances and contracts attached to the investment. Refer to Notes 11 - 14 on the accounting policies for litigation 
investments.

Significant estimates and assumptions

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have a significant 
risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below. 
The Group based its assumptions and estimates on parameters available when the consolidated financial statements were prepared. 

52

Omni Bridgeway

About this Report (continued)

Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments, however, may change due to market changes or circumstances 
arising that are beyond the control of the Group. Such changes are reflected in the assumptions when they occur.

Impairment of financial and non-financial assets

The Group assesses impairment of all required financial and non-financial assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific 
to the Group and to the particular asset that may lead to impairment. Impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or cash 
generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The Group 
primarily relies on value in use calculations based on Discounted Cash Flows (DCF) models. The cash flows are derived from either the 
Group’s budget or from estimates made by investment managers. The recoverable amount is sensitive to the discount rate used for the 
DCF model as well as the expected future cash-inflows and the growth rate used for extrapolation purposes. These estimates are most 
relevant to goodwill and other intangibles recognised by the Group. Refer to individual notes for further information around impairment 
of financial and non- financial assets.

Fair value measurement of financial liabilities through profit or loss

When deferred and variable deferred consideration meets the definition of a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss, it is 
subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. The determination of the fair value is based on option pricing methodology. 
The key inputs are detailed in the Notes 17 and 29.

Provision for adverse costs

The Group raises a provision for adverse costs upon an underlying litigation receiving a losing judgement in certain jurisdictions that 
require adverse costs to be paid to the litigations’ counter party. If an appeal is lodged, the Group still raises a provision. The provision 
raised is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of adverse costs it will have to remit. Typically, this estimate is between nil to 80% of the 
amount spent by the plaintiff, on the basis that there is only one defendant per the litigation. Refer to Notes 27 and 30 for further details 
on adverse costs.

Share-based payments

Estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions requires determination of the most appropriate valuation model, which 
depends on the terms and conditions of the grant. This estimate also requires determination of the most appropriate inputs to the 
valuation model including the expected life of the performance rights, volatility dividend yield and risk-free rate and making assumptions 
about them. For the measurement of the fair value of performance rights at the grant date, the Group uses a Monte-Carlo simulation 
model and Black-Scholes model. The assumptions and models used for estimating fair value for share-based payment transactions are 
disclosed in Note 32. 

Measurement of non-controlling interests (NCI)

Profits and losses are attributed to non-controlling interests in line with the allocation of profit distributions under the terms of the 
respective agreements with non-controlling investors. Therefore, at the end of each reporting period, the non- controlling interests 
represents the non-controlling shareholders’ share of net assets, as would be distributed under the relevant shareholders or investors 
agreements at the balance date.

Revenue recognition – estimating variable consideration on management and performance fees

The Group estimates variable considerations to be included in the transaction price for management and performance fees. Management 
fees are based on the level of external investors net deployed capital per quarter and any uncertainty is resolved at the end of the same 
quarter. Therefore, management fee revenues are recognised quarterly in arrears, corresponding with the delivery of performance 
obligations. The calculation of performance fees is subject to individual investment and overall portfolio returns with some uncertainties. 
Accordingly, performance fee revenue is not recognised until it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative 
revenue recognised will not occur.

Net gain/loss on derecognition of Litigation investments – intangible assets

The Group recognises proceeds and derecognises carrying costs on disposal in accordance with the investments’ funding terms. In some 
instances, the calculation requires certain estimates and assumptions to be made. Refer to Note 13 for further information.

Fair value of residual interest held in a former subsidiary

For all subsidiaries where there is more than 50% ownership interest and voting rights, the Group’s power to direct the relevant activities 
of the investee is subject to a without-cause kick-out right exercisable by a third party, the Group is considered to be acting as an agent 
and thus has no control. The Group’s retained power is able to significantly influence the financial and operating activities of the investee. 
The retained residual interest is equity accounted for as an investment in associates and initially recognised at the fair value. The Group 
uses Investment Managers’ best estimate to calculate the present value of probability-weighted cashflows from matters held in the 
associate which represents the fair value of the retained residual interest held by the Group. Refer to Note 35 for further information.

Litigation investments – purchased claims

The Group initially recognises litigation investments – purchased claims at fair value. These are subsequently measured at amortised cost 
by applying the credit-adjusted effective interest rate based on estimated cash flows. Refer to Note 12 for further information.

Litigation investments – financial assets

The Group initially recognises litigation investments – financial assets at fair value. These are subsequently measured at fair value through 
the profit & loss. Refer to Note 14 for further information.

Expected credit losses (ECLs) of receivables

The Group uses Investment Managers’ best estimate to calculate ECLs for receivables. The provision is based on assessment of customer 
segments that have similar loss patterns. Refer to Note 22 for further information.

Annual Report 2023

53

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

A. RESULTS FOR THE YEAR

Note 1: Segment information

The Group operates in one industry, being funding and provision of services in relation to legal dispute resolution. For management 
purposes, the Group is organised into operating segments comprising the OBL Group’s corporate operations and the Group’s fund 
structures.

The OBL Group’s wholly owned subsidiaries own historical litigation investments and provide investment management advisory and 
administration services to the Group’s fund structures in the following locations:

• Australia

• United States

• Canada

• Asia

• Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)

The Group’s Fund structures include:

• Fund 1 – Fund 1 was deconsolidated on 31 May 2023 following a sale of a participation in its underlying investments.

• Funds 2 & 3 – This comprises Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd, IMF Bentham ROW SPV 1 Limited 
and IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2 Limited. These entities jointly invest in litigation investments outside the United States. Funds 2&3 are 
consolidated into the Group.

• Fund 4 – This Fund invests in litigation investments in the United States. It consists of a series of parallel investing entities comprising 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 2 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 3 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 
4 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 5 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 6 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 7 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 
4) Invt 8 LP; Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 9 LP; Security Finance (Fund 4) LLC; JPV I LP and Bentham HPCR LP. Fund 4 entities except for 
Bentham HPCR LP are consolidated into the Group.

• Fund 5 – Consists of a collective investment group comprising Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) LP, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) Cayman Invt. 

Limited, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) Australian Invt Pty Ltd, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) Canada Investments Ltd, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) 
NZ Invt Limited, Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) Cayman DDI Limited, Gold Road Limited, Oak Henge Limited, as well as parallel joint investor, 
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) GPA Pty Ltd. 2238319 Alberta Ltd was deregistered on 20 April 2022. This Fund invests in litigation 
investments outside the United States. Only the parallel joint investor is consolidated within the Group and is included in the segment 
note.

• Fund 6 – Is an investment structure focused in Europe, Middle East and Africa that was acquired in a business combination on 8 

November 2019 and includes the entity responsible for providing the management of Fund 7. It was established to invest in litigation, 
arbitration and enforcement proceedings, and for the work-out and monetisation of claims. Revenue is derived from enforcement and 
recovery services and other income is derived from litigation investments. OBL retains control and ownership of Fund 6 via its equity 
interests. Legal ownership of the litigation investments are spread across the entire OBE Group. Fund 6 is consolidated into the Group.

• Fund 8 – Is an investment structure focused on global enforcement investments and comprises Omni Bridgeway (Fund 8) Guernsey 

Investments Limited. Fund 8 is consolidated into the Group.

For Funds 2 & 3, the non-controlling interest is comprised of an equity interest, which carry an entitlement to receive a capped priority 
return on drawn capital and a further preferred return on committed but undrawn capital. OBL retains control and ownership of the 
Funds via its equity interests. Upon satisfaction of the non-controlling interests’ priority returns, OBL is entitled to a manager return. 
After satisfaction of the priority return and the manager returns, the residual net cash flows are to be distributed 80% to OBL and 20% 
to non-controlling interests. The Funds have an infinite life and all distributions are discretionary.

For Fund 4 the non-controlling interest is comprised of an equity interest which, together with OBL’s interest, carries an entitlement to 
receive return of capital plus a hurdle return on invested capital; and a pro-rata share of any residual after OBL’s periodic management fee 
and transactional based performance fee. OBL retains control and ownership of the Funds via its equity interest. The Fund has an infinite 
life and all distributions are discretionary.

For Fund 5, there is no non-controlling interest as only OBL’s 100% owned investment vehicle is consolidated. OBL is entitled to periodic 
management fees and transactional based performance fees.

For Fund 6, the non-controlling interest is comprised of an equity interest which, together with OBL’s interest, carries a case by case 
entitlement to receive return of capital plus a return on invested capital after OBL’s transactional based performance fee. OBL retains 
control and ownership of the Funds via its equity interest. The Fund has an infinite life and all distributions are discretionary during the 
investment period.

For Fund 8, there is no non-controlling interests as the fund is structured as an insured, leveraged special purpose vehicle (SPV). The 
capital for the fund is to be sourced from limited recourse debt and equity provided by OBL.

54

Omni Bridgeway

Note 1: Segment information (continued)

Intersegment revenue comprises interest revenue on intercompany loans and advisory fees.

Intercompany interest revenue is recognised in accordance with AASB 9 using the effective interest rate method.

The intercompany advisory fee revenue earned during the year was derived from management and advisory agreements between the 
group entities. The consideration received is determined by reference to costs plus a percentage mark-up. The revenue is recognised over 
the period in which costs are incurred as it is deemed that the Group transfers control of the management services over this period and, 
therefore, satisfies its performance obligations and recognises revenue over time.

Adjustments and eliminations relate to certain finance and overheads costs that are not allocated to individual segments as the underlying 
expenses are incurred within wholly owned operations. These costs are capitalised into litigation funding contracts on consolidation of the 
Group. The associated tax effect accounting for these items are also managed on a Group basis and not allocated to the individual 
segments.

Inter-segment revenue and expenses are eliminated on consolidation and reflected in the “adjustments and eliminations” column.

Adjustments made in the balance sheet include adjustments to non-current assets to eliminate intercompany loans and investments in 
subsidiaries on consolidation.

Group

Funds

Consolidation

4

5

6

Adjustments and 
eliminations

8

Consolidated

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

Segment result for the year ended 30 June 2023

Revenue from contracts with customers

Interest revenue on cash and deposits

Interest revenue on receivables

Interest revenue on litigation investments - purchased 
claims

Inter-segment

Segment revenue

Net gain/(loss) on derecognition of litigation investments - 
intangible assets

Derecognition of capitalised overheads on litigation 
investments - intangible assets

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of litigation investments - 
purchased claims

Corporate

1

$'000

$'000

6,599 

1,475 

– 

– 

30,819 

38,893 

– 

5 

– 

– 

– 

5 

2&3

$'000

– 

304 

– 

– 

1,781 

128 

2,104 

2,385 

– 

– 

4,189 

2,513 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,443 

– 

194 

633 

(330)   

5,940 

25,113 

(6,801)   

14,804 

19,187 

8,153 

14,647 

(2,241)   

(22,883)   

(1,398)   

(2,408)   

(1,507)   

– 

Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries

39,702 

6,376 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,019 

– 

Other income

Total Income

3,338 

(1)   

1,440 

(10)   

1,397 

(433)   

  104,805 

(23,304)   

19,035 

19,282 

8,043 

21,173 

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4,000 

Impairment expense and adverse costs - litigation 
investments

6,548 

(6,794)   

331 

5,340 

Other expenses

  146,571 

86 

2,249 

Share of (profit)/loss in associates

2,161 

(1,606)   

– 

286 

– 

668 

183 

– 

7,009 

14,739 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

42 

– 

496 

– 

(573)   

11,469 

– 

– 

– 

1,784 

2,103 

5,122 

(30,489)   

– 

(31,062)   

20,478 

– 

– 

– 

– 

75,103 

(30,437) 

1,019 

46,078 

(1,162)   

4,569 

(32,224)   

116,810 

– 

– 

4,042 

13,102 

(59,077)   

105,533 

– 

555 

Profit/(Loss) before tax and fair value adjustments

(50,475)   

(14,990)   

16,455 

13,656 

7,192 

(4,575)   

(538)   

26,853 

(6,422) 

Profit/(Loss) on fair value adjustment of financial assets 
and liabilities

2,441 

– 

(1,577)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,746 

2,610 

Profit/(Loss) before tax

(48,034)   

(14,990)   

14,878 

13,656 

7,192 

(4,575)   

(538)   

28,599 

(3,812) 

Income tax (benefit)/expense

(13,753)   

4 

4,625 

434 

2,693 

1,462 

– 

(139)   

(4,674) 

Segment result

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

(34,281)   

(14,994)   

10,253 

13,222 

4,499 

(6,037)   

(538)   

28,738 

862 

(34,281)   

(19,065)   

(1,163)   

1,352 

4,499 

(11,201)   

(538)   

28,738 

(31,659) 

– 

4,071 

11,416 

11,870 

– 

5,164 

– 

– 

32,521 

Annual Report 2023

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 1: Segment information (continued)

Group

Funds

Consolidation

Corporate

1

$'000

$'000

2&3

$'000

4

5

6

Adjustments and 
eliminations

8

Consolidated

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

Segment assets and liabilities at 30 June 2023

Cash and cash equivalents¹

Receivables due from the completion of litigation 
investments

Other current assets

Litigation investments - claims portfolio

Litigation investments - purchased claims

Litigation investments - intangible assets

Litigation investments - financial assets

Litigation investments - investment in associates

Litigation investments - provision for impairment

Goodwill

Investments in funds

Other non-current assets

Total segment assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total segment liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Contributed equity - NCI

Earnings - NCI

Total equity

92,602 

36,571 

13,934 

– 

– 

9,460 

– 

52,559 

– 

  103,304 

  257,160 

  415,427 

  981,017 

58,026 

  212,645 

  270,671 

  710,346 

  710,346 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

14,655 

8,175 

47,131 

17,094 

– 

– 

1,566 

44,902 

18 

– 

– 

– 

117,016 

145,698 

7,149 

1,609 

15,381 

22,482 

1,051 

(12,781)   

48,825 

– 

– 

– 

  122,118 

11,751 

16,318 

– 

9,354 

81,096 

  172,763 

29,073 

64,341 

– 

– 

3,777 

7,199 

– 

(556)   

(11,589)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(3,354)   

– 

30 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3,657 

125,775 

– 

37,423 

29,577 

386,310 

(3,898)   

7,078 

3,777 

56,336 

(726)   

(16,225) 

– 

103,304 

(250,178)   

7,012 

2,551 

949 

1,670 

4,211 

12,836 

(321,361)   

116,283 

– 

  163,777 

  209,096 

53,323 

  265,650 

13,905 

(551,933)    1,134,835 

– 

– 

– 

15,645 

14,695 

46,485 

15,964 

11,468 

(58,556)   

103,727 

5,065 

– 

522 

19,948 

2,975 

5,667 

246,822 

20,710 

14,695 

47,007 

35,912 

14,443 

(52,889)   

350,549 

– 

  143,067 

  194,401 

6,316 

  229,738 

(538)   

(499,044)   

784,286 

– 

– 

– 

24,750 

38,880 

6,316 

66,946 

(538)   

(497,849)   

348,851 

83,968 

  192,519 

– 

  142,237 

34,349 

(36,998)   

– 

20,555 

– 

– 

– 

418,724 

(1,195)   

16,711 

  710,346 

– 

  143,067 

  194,401 

6,316 

  229,738 

(538)   

(499,044)   

784,286 

1. Cash in Funds can only be used for litigation investments and expenses within the respective Funds in accordance with their mandates and constituent documents 

56

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1: Segment information (continued)

Segment result for year ended 30 June 2022

Revenue from contracts with customers

Interest revenue on cash and deposits

Interest revenue on receivables

Interest revenue on litigation investments - purchased claims

Inter-segment

Segment revenue

Net gain/(loss) on derecognition of litigation investments - 
intangible assets

Derecognition of capitalised overheads on litigation 
investments - intangible assets

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of litigation investments - purchased 
claims

Other income

Total Income

Profit/(Loss) before tax

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Segment result

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Parent

Non-controlling interests

Group

Corporate

$'000

4,613 

297 

– 

– 

18,410 

23,320 

1

$'000

– 

14 

– 

– 

– 

2&3

$'000

– 

8 

1,419 

1,655 

– 

14 

3,082 

Funds

4

$'000

– 

– 

– 

423 

– 

423 

5

$'000

6

$'000

Consolidation

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations

Consolidated

$'000

$'000

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

17,254 

– 

355 

4,197 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(549)   

(17,861)   

21,867 

319 

1,774 

6,275 

– 

21,257 

(17,861)   

30,235 

(21,649)   

16,502 

21,670 

29,911 

626 

10,230 

(1,461)   

(2,047)   

(2,638)   

(762)   

(1,353)   

– 

– 

7,668 

7,878 

– 

(1)   

– 

1,063 

– 

(8)   

14,468 

23,177 

29,564 

– 

– 

– 

57,290 

(8,261) 

790 

(3,319)   

9,127 

790 

1,507 

33,784 

(21,180)   

89,181 

5,650 

769 

– 

– 

5,650 

5,511 

14,027 

(38,500)   

87,623 

– 

– 

(387) 

– 

2,217 

1,490 

– 

– 

274 

– 

(88,304)   

3,988 

21,631 

27,744 

1,216 

13,338 

18,595 

(24,182)   

163 

8,808 

517 

(64,122)   

3,825 

12,823 

27,227 

(64,122)   

(2,971)   

(1,687)   

4,793 

– 

6,796 

14,510 

22,434 

718 

498 

498 

– 

4,185 

9,153 

766 

8,387 

7,424 

(1,792) 

(8,274) 

6,482 

1,517 

17,078 

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

– 

– 

– 

Impairment expense - litigation investments

(5,762)   

10,405 

(553)   

Other expenses

Share of (profit) in associates and joint ventures

109,755 

(387)   

75 

– 

824 

– 

– 

652 

1,168 

– 

Profit/(Loss) before tax and fair value adjustments

(95,728)   

3,988 

22,906 

27,744 

1,216 

13,338 

17,320 

(9,216) 

Profit/(Loss) on fair value adjustment of financial liabilities

7,424 

– 

(1,275)   

– 

– 

– 

1,275 

17,078 

(45,645) 

– 

52,127 

Annual Report 2023

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 1: Segment information (continued)

Group

Corporate

$'000

Funds

1

$'000

2&3

$'000

4

$'000

Segment assets and liabilities at 30 June 2022

Cash and cash equivalents¹

107,645 

8,820 

Receivables due from the completion of litigation investments

Other current assets

Litigation investments - claims portfolio

Litigation investments - purchased claims

61,057 

32,158 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

24,283 

47,316 

7,854 

– 

17,926 

4,780 

582 

– 

17,727 

9,198 

5

$'000

1 

– 

4,064 

– 

– 

Litigation investments - intangible assets

79,066 

147,793 

70,225 

143,334 

17,936 

Consolidation

Adjustments 
and 
eliminations

Consolidated

$'000

$'000

– 

– 

158,966 

138,074 

(34,263)   

32,681 

6

$'000

291 

24,921 

22,286 

102,901 

3,222 

106,123 

20,115 

54,784 

– 

47,040 

34,573 

547,711 

Litigation investments - financial assets

– 

– 

– 

– 

3,117 

– 

(46)   

3,071 

Litigation investments - provision for impairment

(60,491)   

(20,206)   

(4,786)   

(59,812)   

Goodwill

Investments in funds

Other non-current assets

Total segment assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total segment liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Contributed equity - NCI

Earnings - NCI

Total equity

95,567 

280,196 

369,818 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

5,067 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2,067)   

(5,665)   

(153,027) 

– 

– 

– 

95,567 

(275,165)   

5,031 

2,953 

1,827 

(285,653)   

94,012 

965,016 

136,407 

167,686 

116,008 

28,071 

225,058 

(562,997)    1,075,249 

239,828 

1,471 

27,623 

5,311 

27,266 

32,589 

– 

1,902 

– 

460 

24,392 

15,029 

(49,562)   

276,329 

9,441 

59,421 

272,417 

1,471 

29,525 

5,311 

27,726 

39,421 

(40,121)   

335,750 

692,599 

134,936 

138,161 

110,697 

345 

185,637 

(522,876)   

739,499 

692,599 

– 

– 

61,717 

33,447 

39,772 

25,377 

22,139 

345 

52,044 

(525,331)   

328,890 

93,038 

127,686 

19,746 

(39,128)   

– 

– 

118,201 

– 

372,372 

15,392 

2,455 

38,237 

692,599 

134,936 

138,161 

110,697 

345 

185,637 

(522,876)   

739,499 

1. Cash in Funds can only be used for litigation investments and expenses within the respective Funds in accordance with their mandates and constituent documents 

58

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 1: Segment information (continued)

Non-current assets, excluding financial assets and deferred tax assets, can be represented geographically as follows:

Australia

United States

Canada

Europe, Middle East and Africa

Asia

Consolidated

2023

$'000

184,618   

183,587   

23,652   

2022

$'000

168,236 

243,600 

20,089 

220,429   

169,243 

23,958   

20,044 

636,244   

621,212 

Note 2: Revenue from contracts with customers

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of the service is transferred to the customer at an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those services.

(i) Litigation investments – claims portfolio

The nature of services

Revenue is generated from providing enforcement, collection, monetisation and recovery services to customers with judgements, awards 
or contractual debts and receivables.

Performance obligations

At investment inception, the Group assesses the services promised in its contracts with customers and identifies the performance 
obligation involved in each promise to transfer funds received to the customer. Performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time, 
upon the recovery of each dollar.

Transaction price

Almost all revenues from litigation investments – claims portfolio are based on a no success, no fee basis. The transaction price contains 
various components, with each component being either fixed or variable. The Group includes variable consideration (a portion or all) in 
the transaction price only when it is highly probable that the recognised revenue will not incur a significant revenue reversal. The revenue 
is based on a percentage that is recovered so the uncertainty is typically removed when the money is received or settlement agreement 
has been signed and where applicable, court approval obtained as, at that point, the revenue formula can be applied to the amount 
collected.

(ii) Management fees

The management fee revenue earned during the year was derived from Investment Management Agreements with the investors in Fund 
4, Fund 5 and Fund 7. The services provided are for the administration of the investor accounts and fund structures. For Fund 4 and Fund 
5 the consideration is considered to be variable consideration and is determined with reference to the net invested capital attributable to 
the Investor’s accounts. The revenue is recognised over the period in which there is net invested capital in the Fund as the Group transfers 
control of the services over this period and, therefore, satisfies its performance obligations over time. Variable consideration is recognised 
to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. As the net 
invested capital is known at the end of each quarter the management fees are able to be calculated and recognised as it is then highly 
probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur. 

Annual Report 2023

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 2: Revenue from contracts with customers (continued)

Corporate

$'000

Fund 6

$'000

Total

$'000

2023

Type of service

Litigation investments – claims portfolio

Management and service fees

2022

Type of service

Litigation investments – claims portfolio

Management and service fees

2023

Geographical markets

Europe

Australia

United States

Cayman Islands

2022

Geographical markets

Europe

Australia

United States

Cayman Islands

2023

Timing of revenue recognition

Services transferred at a point in time

Services transferred over time

2022

Timing of revenue recognition

Services transferred at a point in time

Services transferred over time

–   

6,025   

6,025   

–   

4,613   

4,613   

4,002   

1,442   

5,444   

16,173   

1,081   

17,254   

–   

5,444   

1,564   

2,812   

1,649   

6,025   

–   

–   

–   

4,002 

7,467 

11,469 

16,173 

5,694 

21,867 

5,444 

1,564 

2,812 

1,649 

5,444   

11,469 

–   

17,254   

17,254 

1,675   

2,223   

715   

4,613   

–   

6,025   

6,025   

–   

4,613   

4,613   

–   

–   

–   

1,675 

2,223 

715 

17,254   

21,867 

4,002   

1,442   

5,444   

16,173   

1,081   

17,254   

4,002 

7,467 

11,469 

16,173 

5,694 

21,867 

During the year, the Group received performance fees of $4.236 million (2022: $3.643 million) relating to Fund 4 and Fund 5 that have not 
yet satisfied IFRS income recognition requirements and are thus not disclosed as revenue. The cumulative amount of unrecognised 
performance fee is held as unearned revenue in trade and other payables on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Refer to 
Note 26.

60

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3: Interest revenue

Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts 
estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

The Group earned 97% (2022: 96%) of its interest revenue on cash and deposits in Australia. Interest revenue on receivables relates to 
the Europe, Middle East and Africa region. The purchased claims revenue relates to the Europe, Canada and United States geographical 
market.

Interest revenue

Interest revenue on cash and deposits

Interest revenue on receivables

Interest revenue on litigation investments - purchased claims

Consolidated

2023

$'000

1,784   

2,103   

5,122   

9,009   

2022

$'000

319 

1,774 

6,275 

8,368 

Note 4: Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangibles assets

Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments – intangibles assets is derived from the disposal through sale or completion (partial or 
full) of the underlying litigation that the Group invested in. The accounting policy for litigation investments - intangibles assets is outlined in 
Note 13.

Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments - intangible assets

Proceeds

Derecognition of carrying cost

Consolidated

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

141,640   

175,170 

(96,974)   

(126,141) 

44,666   

49,029 

Net gain on derecognition of litigation investments – intangible assets can be represented geographically as follows:

Australia

United States

Canada

Europe, Middle East and Africa

Asia

Latin America

Consolidated

2023

$'000

18,589   

(9,503)   

4,971   

15,715   

14,861   

33   

2022

$'000

1,668 

45,964 

(5,687) 

7,136 

(9) 

(43) 

44,666   

49,029 

Annual Report 2023

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 5: Other income

Other income

Net foreign exchange gain

Other income

Note 6: Expenses

Finance costs

Consolidated

2023

$'000

3,748   

821   

4,569   

2022

$'000

7,594 

1,533 

9,127 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition and development of a qualifying asset (i.e. an asset that necessarily takes a 
substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale) are capitalised as part of the cost of that asset. All other borrowing 
costs are expensed in the period they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that the Group incurs in connection 
with the borrowing of funds. Detailed information is provided in Note 19.

Amortisation of litigation investments – claims portfolio

Amortisation of litigation investments – claims portfolio represents the amortisation of the capitalised contract costs due to completion 
of the underlying enforcement or recovery action. Detailed information is provided in Note 11.

Depreciation

The depreciation policy is disclosed in Note 25.

Employee benefits

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the end of the reporting period. 
These benefits include salaries and wages, annual leave, long service leave and bonuses. Liabilities in respect of employees’ services 
rendered that are not expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the periods in which the employees render the 
related services are recognised as long-term employee benefits. These liabilities are measured at the present value of the estimated 
future cash outflow to be made to the employees using the projected unit credit method. Liabilities expected to be wholly settled within 
one year after the end of the period in which the employees render the related services are classified as short-term benefits and are 
measured at the amount due to be paid. The corresponding movements are expensed together with those incurred during the year.

Share based payments

The policy for share based payments is disclosed in Note 32.

Impairment expense – litigation investments

The policy for impairment expense – litigation investments is disclosed in Notes 11-14 according to asset classes litigation investments – 
claims portfolio, litigation investments – purchased claims, litigation investments – intangible assets and litigation investments – financial 
assets.

Adverse costs – litigation investments

The expense raised is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of adverse costs it will have to remit where the underlying litigation has 
received an unfavourable judgement. Refer to Notes 27 and 30 for further details on adverse costs.

62

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
Note 6: Expenses (continued)

(a)  Finance costs

Interest on lease liabilities (Note 28)

Other finance charges

Consolidated

2023

$'000

1,091   

1,597   

2,688   

2022

$'000

808 

589 

1,397 

(b)  Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio (Note 11)

4,042   

5,650 

(c)  Depreciation expense

Depreciation (Note 25)

(d)  Employee benefits expenses

Wages and salaries

Superannuation expense

Directors' fees

Payroll tax

Share based payments (Note 32)

Long service leave (Note 27)

(e)  Corporate and office expenses

Insurance expense

Network expense

Marketing expense

Occupancy expense

Professional fees expense

Recruitment expense

Travel expense

(f)  Other expenses

ASX fees

General expenses

Amortisation of contract costs

Postage, printing and stationery

Repairs and maintenance

Share registry costs

Staff training, development and conferences

Expected credit loss allowance (Note 22)

(g)  Impairment expense and adverse costs - litigation investments

Adverse costs - litigation investments (Note 27)

Net impairment loss - litigation investments (Notes 11 - 14)

3,917   

3,455 

59,212   

43,064 

2,383   

527   

2,986   

8,871   

13   

1,865 

572 

2,211 

11,724 

(287) 

73,992   

59,149 

3,868   

2,539   

1,736   

656   

5,241   

1,593   

2,513   

3,513 

1,697 

1,581 

719 

7,675 

1,237 

989 

18,146   

17,411 

182   

1,387   

939   

1,503   

6   

39   

1,007   

1,727   

6,790   

7,699   

5,403   

13,102   

174 

644 

939 

1,435 

28 

30 

352 

– 

3,602 

2,609 

5,511 

8,120 

Annual Report 2023

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 7: Income tax

Income tax

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities 
based on the current period’s taxable income. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is provided for using the full liability balance sheet method.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except:

• When the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 

a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; or

• When the taxable temporary difference is associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in joint ventures, and the 
timing of the reversal of the temporary difference can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax 
losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the 
carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

• When the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or 

liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor 
taxable profit or loss; or

• When the deductible temporary difference is associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or interests in joint ventures, in 
which case a deferred tax asset is only recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary difference will reverse in the 
foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer 
probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilised.

Unrecognised deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become 
probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realised 
or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in other comprehensive income are recognised in equity and not in profit or loss.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against 
current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

Australian tax consolidated group

The Parent and its Australian resident wholly owned subsidiaries have formed an income tax consolidated group. The Parent has entered 
into tax funding arrangements with its Australian resident wholly owned subsidiaries, pursuant to which each subsidiary has agreed to pay 
or receive a tax equivalent amount based on the net taxable amount or loss of the subsidiary at the current tax rate. The tax consolidated 
group has applied the separate taxpayer approach in determining the appropriate amount of current taxes to allocate to each entity.

64

Omni Bridgeway

Note 7: Income tax (continued)

Other taxes
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of GST, except (i) when the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and 
services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset 
or as part of the expense item, as applicable; and (ii) receivables and payables, which are stated with the amount of GST included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Cash flows are included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part of cash flows from 
operating activities.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

The major components of income tax benefit are:

Current income tax

Current income tax charge

Adjustment in respect of current income tax expense of previous year

Refund of foreign state-based taxes

Current year losses moved to deferred tax asset

Other

Deferred income tax:

Relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences

Current year losses moved to deferred tax asset

Adjustment in respect of deferred income tax of previous year

Other

Income tax benefit reported in the Consolidated Statement
of Comprehensive Income

Other comprehensive income

Deferred income tax related to items charged or credited directly to equity

Deferred tax associated with share-based payments

Income tax expense reported in equity

Consolidated

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

(13,973)   

(7,854) 

(249)   

(58)   

17,991   

1,309   

4,906   

(17,991)   

1,516   

1,875   

203 

452 

18,133 

587 

(5,167) 

(18,133) 

3,528 

(23) 

(4,674)   

(8,274) 

96   

96   

377 

377 

Annual Report 2023

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 7: Income tax (continued)

A reconciliation between income tax benefit and the product of accounting loss before income multiplied by the Group’s applicable 
income tax rate is as follows:

Accounting loss before income tax

At the Group's statutory income tax rate of 30% (2022: 30%)

Foreign tax rate adjustments

Adjustment in respect of income and deferred tax of previous years

Expenditure not allowable for income tax purposes

Non-assessable income

State income tax

Relating to deductible temporary differences not previously recognised

Other

Income tax benefit reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated

2023

$'000

(3,812)   

(1,143)   

(611)   

1,210   

749   

(683)   

49   

(2,710)   

(1,535)   

(4,674)   

2022

$'000

(1,792) 

(538) 

(1,463) 

3,731 

2,645 

(12,467) 

100 

– 

(282) 

(8,274) 

Consolidated

Statement of 
Financial Position

Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

Deferred income tax at 30 June relates to the following:

Deferred income tax liabilities

Litigation investments – intangible assets

29,085   

29,688 

Accrued interest & unrealised foreign exchange differences

Right of use assets and other plant and equipment

Other

Gross deferred tax liabilities

Offsetting deferred tax assets

Net operating losses

Accruals and provisions

Share based payments

Leases

Expenditure deductible for income tax over time

Gross deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax liabilities

–   

876   

5,101   

– 

1,171 

(39) 

35,062   

30,820 

2,473   

–   

217   

767   

726   

4,183   

355 

– 

299 

222 

(338) 

538 

30,879   

30,282 

602   

–   

295   

(5,139)   

(4,242)   

8,081 

12 

78 

39 

8,210 

2,118   

(12,474) 

–   

14   

545   

1,057   

3,734   

(6,251) 

(2,666) 

8 

(1,596) 

(22,979) 

66

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 7: Income tax (continued)

Deferred tax assets

Accruals and provisions

Intercompany

Expenditure deductible for income tax over time

Leases

Share based payments

Deferred tax assets - Foreign net operating losses

Deferred tax assets

Net deferred income tax

Movements in foreign exchange

Deferred tax expense

Consolidated

Statement of 
Financial Income

Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

2023

$'000

9,189   

3,492   

1,626   

3,656   

274   

59,352   

77,589   

8,686   

780   

4,301   

6,867   

1,118   

42,057   

63,809   

503   

2,712   

(2,668)   

(3,210)   

(844)   

17,294   

13,787   

13,279   

(3,584)   

9,695   

2022

$'000

7,316 

725 

2,801 

2,330 

(97) 

24,729 

37,804 

23,035 

(3,240) 

19,795 

Unrecognised temporary differences and tax losses

At 30 June 2023, the Group had $2.466 million (2022: $2.287 million) of unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to temporary 
differences and tax losses in its Canadian subsidiaries.

Deferred tax assets relating to Australian operations

The deferred tax assets balance includes $34.336 million (2022: $17.765 million) of assets relating to carried forward tax losses of the 
Omni Bridgeway Limited (OBL) tax consolidated group at 30 June 2023.

It is probable that the OBL tax consolidated group will earn sufficient taxable incomes to utilise the losses as the Australian business has 
significant investments on balance sheet and through Fund 5 participation, which have a combined EPV of $12.788 billion. In addition, 
OBL is expected to receive distributions from Fund 2&3 and intra-group income from the wider group.

Deferred tax assets relating to USA operations

The deferred tax assets balance includes $24.731 million (2022: $22.750 million) of assets relating to carried forward tax losses of Omni 
Bridgeway Holdings (USA) Inc. Under existing tax regulations, the losses incurred prior to financial year ended 30 June 2019 can be carried 
forward for 20 years and losses incurred thereafter can be carried forward indefinitely. The US business had a history of incurring tax 
losses before the year ended 30 June 2023. The losses have arisen primarily from the implementation of the expansion of the operating 
base in the United States to support strategic growth initiatives that are, according to plan, yet to realise their full value. OBL has 
considered the utilisation of these tax losses within the expanded US business and has determined that, based on approved budgets and 
existing investments, it is probable that the US tax group will earn sufficient taxable income to utilise the losses. Further, in assessing the 
utilisation of the tax losses, OBL considers there to be convincing other evidence to support the recoverability of these tax losses 
including:

(i) The US business has been in an expansion and infrastructure growth phase. Additional costs have been incurred in the business 

related to the expansion of activity, changes in operations to a Fund management structure and establishment of a scalable platform. 
Investments in people, systems and infrastructure have been made ahead of the expected investment activity of the Funds. Fund 4 
started in 2019 for an approved portfolio of commitment up to US$500 million (of which the US business has a 20% interest) is 
currently in its investment commitment activity phase. With an average investment life of circa 3-4 years, a significant portion of the 
expected income is in the future. This income generation will be by way of both investment returns and fee revenues.

(ii) The US business has raised substantial external capital over the past 4 years via its Fund structures. Fund 4 investors committed 

US$500 million (80% external commitments). The external capital raised is the foundation of the investing activity that enables the 
US business to grow and generate returns to realise future taxable income. Fund 4 Series II which is currently being considered by 
the institutional investors and may be launched in the near future.

(iii) US business achieved a record level of commitment of A$278 million last year. The commitment growth supports the increased 

business activity, growth phase, profit generation and recovery of deferred tax assets in the future. 

(iv) There are 55 US investments with total EPV of $9.1 billion as at 30 June 2023. Using the Group’s normalised long term conversion rate 
of 15%, this indicates an implied embedded value of $1.3 billion. OBL’s share of this potential embedded value could be received by 
way of investment returns and performance fees or accelerated from the sale of these investments in the secondary market. The 
realisation of this potential embedded value will assist in the recovery of deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets relating to Funds 2 & 3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Limited and Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Limited carried combined total deferred tax assets balances of 
$0.070 million at 30 June 2023 (2022: $1.573 million), the deferred tax assets balances were predominantly related to the loss of Asian and 
Europe, Middle East & Africa investments during this reporting period. The Funds are 100% committed with litigation investment that are 
expected to generate significant taxable income in their respective tax jurisdictions in the future.

Annual Report 2023

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 8: Loss per share

Basic loss per share is calculated as net loss attributable to members of the Parent, adjusted to exclude any costs of servicing equity 
(other than dividends), divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for 
any bonus element.

Diluted loss per share is calculated as net loss attributable to members of the Parent, adjusted for:

• Costs of servicing equity (other than dividends);

• The after-tax effect of interest dividends associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares that have been recognised; and

• Other non-discretionary changes in revenue or expenses during the period that would result from dilution of potential ordinary shares;

• Divided by the weighted average number of shares and dilutive shares, adjusted for any bonus element.

At 30 June 2023, 15,421,416 performance rights (2022: 15,929,183) were on issue as detailed in Note 32. Upon meeting certain 
performance and service conditions, the vesting of each right will result in the issue of 1 ordinary share. The performance shares are 
contingently issuable and are not considered dilutive.

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic loss per share computation:

a. Loss used in calculating loss per share

For basic and diluted loss per share

Total net loss attributable to equity holders of the Parent

(31,659)   

(45,645) 

Consolidated

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

b. Weighted average number of shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

Effect of dilution:

Performance rights

Variable deferred consideration - business combination shares

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

2023

000

2022

000

275,182   

265,850 

–   

–   

– 

– 

275,182   

265,850 

Variable deferred consideration – business combination may be settled by the issue of fully paid ordinary shares in Omni Bridgeway 
Limited. Refer to Note 29 for details.

These shares have not been included for the following reasons:

• Variable deferred consideration – business combination shares have not been included as their performance milestones for future 

tranches have yet to be met.

•

In addition to the above, the inclusion of any of these shares would be considered anti-dilutive.

The weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding includes performance rights granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan 
which are only included in dilutive earnings per ordinary share where the performance hurdles are met as at period end and they do not 
have an anti-dilutive effect.

There have been no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number of 
ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of these financial statements.

Note 9: Dividends paid and proposed by Omni Bridgeway Limited (the parent entity)

(a) Cash dividends on ordinary shares declared and paid

There were no dividends declared or paid for the year ended 30 June 2023 (2022: nil cents per share). Omni Bridgeway Limited’s retained 
earnings are disclosed in Note 21.

The Company considers all its capital management options in light the cash position and performance of the Group at the time of as well 
as the likely demand for cash over the ensuing 12-month period. In determining the appropriate mechanism to deliver returns to 
shareholders, the board will consider both semi-annual dividends and share buy-backs. Relevant considerations include the source and 
nature of income and the prevailing share price relative to the intrinsic value and the franking credit balance.

The Company put in place a buy-back facility on 29 August 2022 and has a dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) that shareholders may elect 
to participate in. On appropriate occasions, the Company may arrange DRP underwriting to reduce the impact a particular dividend might 
otherwise have on the Group’s cash resources.

68

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
Note 9: Dividends paid and proposed by Omni Bridgeway Limited (the parent entity) (continued)

(b) Franking credit balance

The amount of franking credits for the subsequent financial year are:

Franking account balance at the end of previous financial year at 30%

Franking debits 

Balance at 30 June

(c) Tax rates

The tax rate at which paid dividends have been franked is 30% (2022: 30%).

Note 10: Statement of cash flows reconciliation

Reconciliation of net profit for the year to net cash flows used in operations:

Net profit for the year

Adjustments for:

2023

$'000

5,905   

–   

5,905   

2022

$'000

5,905 

– 

5,905 

Consolidated

2023

$'000

862   

2022

$'000

6,482 

Net impact of the reclassification of litigation investments - intangible assets related to cash flows

from investing activities

(110,976)   

(115,628) 

Fair value adjustments to litigation investments - deferred consideration

Fair value adjustments to financial liabilities

Amortisation of litigation investments - claims portfolio

Amortisation of contract costs

Depreciation

Share based payments

Unrealised foreign exchange gain

Changes in assets and liabilities

(Increase)/Decrease in receivables

Increase in other current assets

Decrease/(Increase) in litigation investments - intangible assets

Increase in litigation investments - claims portfolio

Decrease/(Increase) in litigation investments - purchased claims

Increase in deferred tax assets and liabilities

Decrease in other liabilities

Increase in lease liabilities

Increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Increase in current income tax payable

Net cash used in operating activities

Disclosure of financing facilities

Refer to Notes 18, 19 and 28.

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

Refer to Notes 19 and 28.

(906)   

(2,610)   

4,042   

939   

3,917   

10,616   

(3,748)   

(22,039)   

(6,674)   

24,599   

(19,652)   

9,617   

(13,183)   

(24,107)   

4,013   

8,157   

6,162   

543   

(667) 

(7,424) 

5,650 

939 

3,455 

13,966 

(7,594) 

66,913 

(5,911) 

(3,650) 

(11,064) 

(8,286) 

(22,657) 

(20,579) 

8,085 

20,944 

1,098 

1,381 

(130,428)   

(74,547) 

Annual Report 2023

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

B. LITIGATION INVESTMENTS AND GOODWILL

Note 11: Litigation investments - claims portfolio

(a) Recognition and measurement

Litigation investments - claims portfolio assets consist of the capitalised costs incurred to purchase, obtain or fulfil a contract with a 
customer. These contracts with customers involve a vendor-customer relationship established in the contract. They comprise the litigation 
enforcement and recovery investment contracts and certain merits-based funding contracts.

Costs incurred to obtain a contract are only capitalised to the investment when it is expected that a contract will be executed, and where 
those costs will be recoverable. The Group recognises an asset for costs incurred to fulfil a contract if those costs relate directly to the 
contract, the costs generate or enhance resources of the Group to satisfy performance obligations in the future and the costs are 
expected to be recovered. All capitalised contract costs are amortised to the profit or loss on a systematic basis that follows delivery of 
performance obligations to the customer. The delivery of performance obligations to the customer on the contracts are aligned with each 
individual dollar of recovery to the customer.

The carrying value of the litigation investments - claims portfolio is measured at cost less amortisation and any impairment. At each 
reporting date an assessment is made on an individual investment by investment basis to determine if the carrying amount of a contract 
exceeds its recoverable amount. In order to determine the recoverable amount a cashflow model is used which includes forecast 
revenues and expenses, together with an estimate of directly attributable overheads to complete the contract. If the carrying value 
exceeds the recoverable amount the difference is recognised as an impairment expense in the profit or loss.

Reconciliation of carrying amounts

Balance at 1 July1 

Additions
Amortisation of carrying costs2

Impairment expense

Foreign currency adjustment

Balance at 30 June³

Consolidated

2023

$’000

106,123   

20,969   

(4,042)   

(719)   

3,444   

2022

$’000

95,059 

20,749 

(5,650) 

(197) 

(3,838) 

125,775   

106,123 

1. Includes $59.558 million (2022: $64.541 million) of fair value adjustments from business combination in FY20.

2. Includes $1.180 million (2022: $2.414 million) of fair value adjustments from business combination in FY20.

3. Includes $63.151 million (2022: $59.558 million) of fair value adjustments from business combination in FY20.

Note 12: Litigation investments - purchased claims

(a) Recognition and measurement

Litigation investments – purchased claims are litigation actions which have been acquired by the Group (except by business combination). 
They are classified as purchased credit-impaired financial assets which are initially recognised at fair value.

The credit-adjusted effective interest rate on these financial assets is calculated taking into account the initial lifetime expected credit loss 
in the estimated cash flows. In determining the lifetime expected credit losses for these financial assets, the Group has taken into account 
the financial position of the counterparties, the legal environment in which the enforcement occurs, historical default experience and 
considering various external sources of actual and forecast information, as appropriate.

Purchased claims are subsequently measured at amortised cost by applying the credit-adjusted effective interest rate. The Group 
recognises:

i.

ii.

Interest income through the application of the credit-adjusted effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the purchased claims; 
and

Impairment losses and gains, when material, due to the changes in estimated lifetime expected credit losses. At each reporting period, 
the Group reviews the estimated cash flows from purchased claims on an investment by investment basis, estimating the expected 
recovery, its timing and any other cashflows that may be attributable to the counterparties. The net present value of the cashflows are 
then determined using the credit-adjusted effective interest rate and the value compared to the carrying value. Where there is a 
material gain, this gain is recognised by adjusting the gross carrying amount of the receivable. Where there is a material loss, it is 
recognised as an impairment provision.

70

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12: Litigation investments - purchased claims (continued)

Reconciliation of carrying amounts

Balance at 1 July1

Interest revenue

(Decrease)/Increase in carrying value reflected in deferred consideration (Note 15)
Carrying value disposed2

Impairment (loss)/gain

Foreign currency adjustment

Balance at 30 June³

Consolidated

2023

$’000

47,040   

5,122   

(16,387)   

(651)   

(1,546)   

3,845   

37,423   

2022

$’000

38,754 

6,275 

8,447 

(5,637) 

260 

(1,059) 

47,040 

At 30 June 2023, the fair value of the litigation investments - purchased claims amounted to $37.423 million (2022: $47.040 million) and 
the gross contractual amount was $169.008 million (2022: $177.500 million).

Net gain on disposal of litigation investments - purchased claims

Proceeds
Carrying value disposed2

1. Includes $0.586 million (2022: $2.936 million) of fair value adjustments from the business combination in FY20.

2. Includes ($0.228) million (2022: $2.331 million) of fair value adjustments from the business combination in FY20.

3. Includes $0.861 million (2022: $0.586 million) of fair value adjustments from the business combination in FY20.

Note 13: Litigation investments - intangible assets

(a) Recognition and measurement

Consolidated

2023

$’000

1,670   

(651)   

1,019   

2022

$’000

6,427 

(5,637) 

790 

Litigation investments involve funding provided to pursue an underlying litigation dispute that are not classified as purchased investments, 
claims portfolio or financial assets. They are recognised as intangible assets in the financial statements of the Group when they represent 
future economic benefits controlled by the Group. The Group is able to control the expected future economic benefit as the investment 
may be exchanged or sold. The litigation funding contract does not give rise to an unconditional right to receive cash. Rather, it provides 
the Group with a right to a share of litigation proceeds which may be in the form of cash or other non-financial assets.

These litigation contracts are not considered contracts with customers as they are collaborative arrangements and there is no vendor-
customer relationship established in the contract.

Litigation investments – intangible assets are measured at cost on initial recognition. They are not amortised as the assets are not 
available for use until the determination of a judgement or settlement, withdrawal or sale, at which point the assets are realised through 
disposal.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount 
of the asset at the time and are recognised in the profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.

The following specific asset recognition and derecognition rules have been applied to litigation investments – intangible assets:

(i) Ongoing litigation

When the underlying litigation action is ongoing and pending a determination, the investments are carried at cost (subject to any provision 
for impairment). Initial and subsequent ongoing expenditure is capitalised when it meets all the following criteria:

(a)

the Group is able to demonstrate its ability to complete the litigation so that the asset will be available for use and the benefits 
embodied in the asset will be realised;

(b) the Group retains control of the asset;

(c)

the Group can demonstrate that it intends to complete the litigation;

(d) the Group is able demonstrate the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the litigation; 

and

(e)

the Group can measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during the life of the litigation investments – 
intangible assets.

Impairment is considered in line with the policy described in (b) below.

Annual Report 2023

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 13: Litigation investments - intangible assets (continued)

(ii) Completion

Where the underlying litigation has been finally determined or a settlement has been agreed, such that there is not considered to be a 
significant risk of reversal, this constitutes a disposal transaction, the carrying cost is derecognised and a gain or loss on disposal of the 
intangible asset is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Control of the intangible asset is considered to 
be transferred as follows:

• For judgements, typically after a judgement has been determined and the relevant appeal periods have expired;

• For settlements, typically when settlement agreement is reached and if relevant, court approval is obtained; and

• For sales, typically when a binding agreement is executed.

(iii) Partial completion

Where litigation investments have been subject to a partial sale transaction, consideration has been agreed, such that there is not 
considered to be a significant risk of reversal and it is evident the litigation investment can be assessed at the respective percentage 
of interest level, this constitutes a disposal transaction and a gain or loss on disposal is recognised in the statement of comprehensive 
income. 

Control of the partial intangible asset is considered to be transferred as follows:

• When the partial sale agreement is executed. Upon this date, the purchaser is considered to be able to direct the use of the interest 

and assume substantially all the remaining benefits of the interest.

(iv) Appeal/enforcement

If a funded client obtains an unsuccessful decision from the court, arbitration or tribunal and appeals against the judgement, where the 
investment and funding was undertaken by the Group with that as a central thesis, the investment may be considered to be ongoing with 
deployment capitalised to the investment. Where there was not such thesis, the investment is dercognised and future costs incurred in 
relation to the appeal are expensed as incurred.

If a funded client obtains a successful decision from the court, arbitration or tribunal and has to subsequently undertake enforcement 
activities, where the investment and funding was undertaken with that as a central thesis, the investment may be considered to be 
ongoing with a delivery of a partial service obligation requiring partial derecognition of the investment and income recognition. Where 
there was not such a thesis, the investment is derecognised, with a receivable recognised and any future costs incurred in relation to the 
enforcement appeal are expensed as incurred.

(v) Portfolio investments

Upon completion of an underlying litigation within a portfolio, a corresponding portion of the intangibles carrying value is derecognised. 
The difference between the disposal proceeds received and the derecognised carrying value is recognised as a net gain or loss in the 
profit or loss. The remainder of the portfolio continues to be carried at cost (subject to usual impairment considerations) until the earlier 
of either the full return to the Group is obtained or each case within the portfolio has completed.

Reconciliation of carrying amounts

Balance at 1 July

Additions - external funding costs

Additions - capitalised overheads

Derecognitions - external expenditure

Derecognitions - capitalised overheads

Net derecognition of purchase price adjustment arising from business combination

Impairment expense

Deconsolidation of Fund 1 and HC 1 LLC

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

394,684   

391,034 

157,201   

28,772   

91,829 

18,085 

(61,352)   

(101,622) 

(35,284)   

(19,988) 

(339)   

(3,138)   

(123,420)   

(4,534) 

(5,574) 

– 

12,961   

25,454 

370,085   

394,684 

The carrying value includes external costs such as solicitors’ fees, counsels’ fees and experts’ fees funded by the Group, the capitalisation 
of certain directly attributable internal costs of managing the litigation funding investment, such as certain direct salaries and wages, 
occupancy costs, other out of pocket expenses and the capitalisation of borrowing costs as described below. The capitalised salaries and 
wages in 2023 equated to approximately 13.0% of the Group’s total salary and wages expense (2022: 14.6%). The other internal 
capitalised expenses equated to approximately 49.9% of related overhead costs (2022: 52.2%).

The Group has determined that litigation investments – intangible assets meet the definition of qualifying assets and that all borrowing 
costs are eligible for capitalisation. The weighted average cost of borrowing was 6.9% (2022: 6.9%).

72

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13: Litigation investments - intangible assets (continued)

The carrying value of litigation investments – intangible assets can be summarised as follows:

External funding costs

Capitalised overheads

Gross carrying amount at cost

Accumulated impairment - Investments in progress

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

337,167   

472,310 

49,143   

75,399 

386,310   

547,709 

(16,225)   

(153,025) 

370,085   

394,684 

(b) Impairment testing of litigation investments – intangible assets

Except for specific litigation investments – intangible assets that are subject to an unfavourable judgement or award, the recoverable 
amount of each of the litigation investments – intangible assets is determined based on a value in use calculation using cash flow 
projections based on financial budgets approved by management for the expected length of each investment. 

The following describes each key assumption on which management has based its cash flow projections when determining the value 
in use of litigation investments – intangible assets:

• The estimated cost to complete is budgeted based on estimates provided by the external legal advisors handling the litigation.

• The value of the litigation is estimated based on a successful completion and the fees due to the Group under the litigation funding 

contract.

• The discount rate applied to the cash flow projections is based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital and other factors 
relevant to the particular investment including country risk. The discount rate applied ranged between 12.8% and 13.7% for this 
reporting period (2022: between 10.9% and 12.0%).

At 30 June 2023, a provision for impairment has been recognised for $16.225 million (2022: $153.025 million). The impairment comprised:

•

($12.006) million relating to a Fund 4 investment. An initial court decision ruled in favour of the defendants. The plaintiffs are currently 
reviewing avenues/feasibility for appeal. 

• The remainder of the impairment, ($4.219) million at 30 June 2023 (2022: $25.068 million) relates to 18 investments (2022: 27) across 

the remainder of the portfolio, the majority of which are not individually material.

For new or increased impairments, during the impairment review, management have determined that either a successful outcome for the 
investment was no longer likely to occur or that the likely outcome would not recover the current carrying value of the investment. The 
discount rate used in the impairment assessment of these assets was 13.2%. After taking into account the impairment, at 30 June 2023, 
the 18 investments have a combined carrying value of $7.153 million. This amount reflects the net recoverable amount expected to be 
received from the investments.

Note 14: Litigation investments - financial assets

(a) Recognition and measurement

Litigation investments - financial assets previously represented the Group's investments made into Managed Investment Schemes (MISs) 
relating to Australian class actions, where Omni Bridgeway Managed Investments Limited (OBIML), which is part of the consolidated 
Group, was the responsible entity of each MIS.

On 17 June 2022, the Full Federal Court determined that funded litigation schemes are generally not within the definition of a Managed 
Investment Scheme but more a financial product under the Australian Corporation Law. As a result, all nine MISs were deregistered on 
25 December 2022 and there was no longer a requirement for OBIML to hold an Australian Financial Services Licence (AFSL). This does 
not affect the carrying value, viability, prospect or accounting treatment for the Group.   

These investments continue to be held within Fund 5 where the Group participates in these investments via its 20% participation and are 
not consolidated with the Group. 

The investments are classified as financial assets at fair value through the profit or loss. The investments are initially recognised at fair 
value plus any attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at fair value at each reporting date. The determination of the 
fair value is designated as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Management judgement is required when calculating the fair value of the 
investments. Level 3 inputs are used in the fair value calculation and estimation of fair value is inherently uncertain. 

Typically the fair value of investments are equivalent to the Group’s deployed capital on the investment, being the Group’s share of funded 
costs of the litigation plus any associated costs until there is some material objective positive or negative event in the underlying litigation 
that would cause a change in value.

Annual Report 2023

73

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 14: Litigation investments - financial assets (continued)

(b) Reconciliation of carrying amounts

The following table reconciles the movements in recurring fair value measurements categorised within level 3 of the fair value        
hierarchy:

Balance at 1 July

Additions

Disposals

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2023

$’000

3,071   

4,007   

–   

7,078   

2022

$’000

389 

2,791 

(109) 

3,071 

Note 15: Litigation investments – deferred consideration

(a) Recognition and measurement

Variable consideration relating to litigation investments - purchased claims is initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The determination of the fair value is designated as level 3 in the fair value 
hierarchy.

(b) Reconciliation of carrying amounts

The following table reconciles the movements in recurring fair value measurements categorised within level 3 of the fair value      
hierarchy:

Balance at 1 July

(Decrease)/Increase in carrying value (Note 12)

Interest expense

Valuation remeasurement recognised through profit or loss

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June

Current

Non-current

Consolidated

2023

$’000

21,872   

(16,387)   

490   

(906)   

2,598   

7,667   

3,342   

4,325   

7,667   

2022

$’000

14,376 

8,447 

800 

(667) 

(1,084) 

21,872 

21,872 

– 

21,872 

74

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16: Goodwill

(a) Recognition and measurement

Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised for 
non-controlling interests and any previous interest held over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed). 
Goodwill is subsequently measured at cost less any impairment.

Goodwill arose on the acquisition of Omni Bridgeway Holding B.V. and its subsidiaries (collectively known as the OBE Group) accounted 
for as a business combination. For impairment purposes, goodwill has been solely allocated to the OBE Group, its related enforcement 
business and income generated by the OBE Group. The Group performs its annual impairment test on the goodwill associated with the 
OBE Group at 30 June each year.

The impairment test performed on the OBE Group goodwill is done via a value-in-use calculation using the following inputs:

i.

Cashflows generated over a 5-year period from the OBE Group’s annual budget. The annual budget includes an estimation for all 
cashflows from operations of the OBE Group, including returns from investments and payments of overheads. The budget cashflows 
are sensitive to the timing and amount of investment completions. The investment completions refer to income earned from claims 
portfolio, purchased claims and intangible assets – litigation contracts in progress. The timing of completion and amount of 
investment income are based on the relevant investment manager’s best estimates during the Group’s annual budget process and 
are reviewed internally by management. The cashflows from investment completions have a compound annual growth rate of 25.4% 
(2022: 38.3%) over the cash flow period. This is reflective of the management’s estimate of the OBE Group’s expected future growth 
in business activity.

ii. Discount rate of 14.9% (2022: 18.4%). The discount rate represents the current assessment of the risks specific to OBE Group cash-
generating unit (CGU), taking into consideration the time value of money and individual risks of the underlying OBE Group investmen
t that have not been incorporated in the cash flow estimates. The discount rate was arrived using the OBL’s weighted average cost of 
capital (WACC) as a starting base.

No reasonably possible change in key assumption would result in the carrying amount of the CGU exceeding its recoverable amount.

Reconciliation of carrying amounts

Balance at 1 July

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2023

$’000

95,567   

7,737   

103,304   

2022

$’000

99,645 

(4,078) 

95,567 

Annual Report 2023

75

 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

C. CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Note 17: Financial risk management

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and short-term deposits, purchased claims, receivables, payables, debt 
securities (bonds and fixed rate notes), borrowings, lease liabilities, deferred consideration and variable deferred consideration.

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate risk and currency risk in accordance with the Group’s 
financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets whilst protecting its 
future financial security. On 18 July 2022, Group fully repaid and redeemed all of its debt securities (bonds and fixed rate notes) from the 
proceeds of debt drawn down from a debt facility in the form of a Senior Facility Agreement, entered into on 5 May 2022. Refer to Note 19.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The 
Group uses different methods to measure and manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. These include monitoring levels of 
exposure to interest rates and currencies and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign currencies. Ageing analyses 
and monitoring of specific credit allowances are undertaken to manage credit risk. Liquidity risk is monitored through the development of 
future rolling cash flow forecasts.

Risk exposures and responses

Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to:

• The Group’s cash holdings with a floating interest rate; and
• The Group has a $190 million variable rate debt facility outstanding including fixed capitalised costs of issuing debt as at 30 June 2023. 
The debt facility requires that the Group make a quarterly interest payment based on the Bank Bill Swap Bid Rate plus a fixed margin of 
7% per annum.

At reporting date the Group had the following financial instruments exposed mainly to Australian variable interest rate risk:

Financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Borrowings

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Net exposure

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

117,016   

158,966 

(190,000)   

–   

(72,984)   

– 

(76,000) 

82,966 

The Group regularly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis, consideration is given to expected interest rate movements 
and the Group’s future cash requirements, potential renewals of existing positions, alternative financing available, and the mix of fixed and 
variable interest rates.

The following sensitivity analysis is based on the interest rate risk exposures in existence at the reporting date.

At 30 June 2023, if interest rates had moved with all other variables held constant, post-tax profit and equity would have been affected as 
follows:

 +1.00% (100 basis points) (2022: +1.00%)

 -1.00% (100 basis points) (2022: -1.00%)

Credit risk

Post Tax Profit 
Higher/ (Lower)

Equity 
Higher/(Lower)

2023

$’000

(511)   

511   

2022

$’000

581   

(581)   

2023

$’000

(511)   

511   

2022

$’000

581 

(581) 

Credit risk arises from the financial assets of the Group, which comprises cash and cash equivalents, purchased claims and receivables 
from litigation contracts and other. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from potential default of the counterparty, with a maximum 
exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Exposure at reporting date is addressed in each applicable note. Apart from 
ratings on cash held and litigation contract receivables, as detailed below, the remainder of the Group’s receivables typically do not carry a 
credit risk rating from a ratings agency.

To mitigate credit risk on litigation contract receivables the Group assesses the defendants in the investments funded by the Group prior 
to entering into any agreement to provide funding and continues this assessment during the course of funding. Wherever possible, the 
Group ensures that security for settlement sums is provided, usually with the settlement funds placed into solicitors’ trust accounts. As at 
30 June 2023, there are $13.7 million worth of funds within solicitor’s trust accounts. The Group’s continual monitoring of the defendants’ 
financial capacity mitigates this risk. At 30 June 2023, there were no litigation contract receivables that were due to be paid by the AAA 
rated government (2022: $nil).

To mitigate credit risk on purchased claims, the Group assesses the defendants in the investments funded by the Group prior to 
purchasing the claim. The Group’s continual monitoring of the defendants’ financial capacity mitigates this risk.

76

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17: Financial risk management (continued)

To mitigate credit risk on cash and cash equivalents, the Group holds over 99.6% (2022: 92.4%) of its cash with Australian, American, 
Canadian and Singaporean AA rated banks.

Refer to each financial asset’s respective note for information on how impairment and credit loss is determined.

Liquidity risk

The liquidity position of the Group is managed to ensure sufficient liquid funds are available to meet the Group’s expected financial 
commitments in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Management continually reviews the Group’s liquidity position, including the preparation of cash flow forecasts, to determine the forecast 
liquidity position and to maintain appropriate liquidity levels. All financial liabilities of the Group, except the debt facility, consideration 
liabilities and non-current lease liabilities, are current and payable within 30 days.

The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual maturity on an undiscounted basis are set out below. On 
18 July 2022, Group fully repaid and redeemed all of its debt securities (bonds and fixed rate notes) from the proceeds of debt drawn 
down from a debt facility in the form of a Senior Facility Agreement, entered into on 5 May 2022. This repayment included an early 
redemption fee.

2023

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings - principal

Borrowings - interest

Lease liabilities

Litigation investments - deferred consideration

Deferred consideration - Insurance

Variable deferred consideration - business combinations

2022

Financial Liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bonds and Notes - principal

Bonds and Notes - interest

Lease liabilities

Litigation investments - deferred consideration

Deferred and variable deferred consideration - business 
combinations

< 6 months

6-12 months

1-5 years

>5 years

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

Total

$'000

50,110

–

10,227

1,466

3,342

1,099

6,998

–

–

10,227

1,467

–

–

–

–

190,000

61,697

10,885

4,325

2,975

7,775

–

–

–

4,123

–

–

–

50,110

190,000

82,151

17,941

7,667

4,074

14,773

73,242

11,694

277,657

4,123

366,716

41,953

148,000

1,519

1,377

12,406

29,161

–

–

–

1,378

9,466

–

234,416

10,844

–

–

–

6,932

–

16,568

23,500

–

–

–

4,241

–

–

41,953

148,000

1,519

13,928

21,872

45,729

4,241

273,001

Equity price risk

The fair value of the deferred and variable deferred consideration – business combination for the acquisition of the OBE Group (refer to 
Note 20 and 29) is exposed to changes in the Company’s share price. There is no hedging or policy in place to mitigate the changes in 
share price. Refer to Fair Value section below for sensitivity analysis of this risk.

Annual Report 2023

77

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 17: Financial risk management (continued)

Fair value

The methods for estimating fair value are outlined in the relevant notes to the financial statements. The carrying amounts of financial 
assets and liabilities of the Group carried at amortised cost approximate their fair values.

For the purposes of disclosure, the fair value measurements used for all assets and liabilities below are level 3, except for the bonds which 
are level 1 on the fair value hierarchy.

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Carrying Value

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

Fair Value

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

186,431   

164,392   

186,431   

164,392 

Litigation investments - purchased claims

37,423   

47,040   

37,423   

47,040 

Litigation investments - financial assets

Security deposits

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Omni Bridgeway bonds

Fixed rate notes

Borrowings

Deferred consideration - business combination

Variable deferred consideration - business combination

Variable consideration - litigation investments - purchased 
claims

7,078   

2,925   

3,071   

2,848   

7,078   

2,925   

3,071 

2,848 

233,857   

217,351   

233,857   

217,351 

50,110   

–   

–   

181,639   

4,074   

14,773   

41,953   

76,000   

72,000   

50,110   

–   

–   

–   

181,639   

15,491   

30,238   

4,074   

14,773   

41,953 

76,494 

73,146 

– 

15,491 

30,238 

7,667   

21,872   

7,667   

21,872 

258,263   

257,554   

258,263   

259,194 

78

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17: Financial risk management (continued)

Description of significant inputs to valuation of deferred and variable deferred consideration – business combination 

The significant inputs and assumptions used in the fair value measurements of deferred and variable deferred consideration – business 
combination, categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, together with a quantitative sensitivity analysis at 30 June 2023 are 
shown below:

Item

Variable deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

Valuation 
technique

Black Scholes 
Option Pricing 
Model

Significant
unobservable
inputs

Exercise price

Volatility

Range
(weighted average)

Theoretical exercise 
price based on the 
floor price of $3.407

40% at 30 June 2023 
and 40% at 30 June 
2022

Underlying share 
price

$2.62 at 30 June 
2023 and $3.55 at 
30 June 2022

Dividend yield

Risk free rate

FX forward rate 
(AUD/EUR)

At 30 June 2023: 
0% for 8-Nov-23 
payment 0% for 8-
Nov-24 payment

At 30 June 2022: 
0% for 8-Nov-22 
payment 2% for 8-
Nov-23 payment 2% 
for 8-Nov-24 payment

At 30 June 2023:
4.36% for 8-Nov-23 
payment 4.36% for 
8-Nov-24 payment 

At 30 June 2022:
1.94% for 8-Nov-22 
payment 2.95% for 8-
Nov-23 payment 
3.02% for 8-Nov-24 
payment

At 30 June 2023:
8-Nov-23: 1.64
8-Nov-24: 1.66

At 30 June 2022:
8-Nov-22: 1.53
8-Nov-23: 1.58
8-Nov-24: 1.62

Sensitivity of the input to fair value

At 30 June 2023: 
An absolute 5% increase in the volatility 
would result in a $170,000 increase in the 
value of the liability. An absolute 5% 
decrease in the volatility would result in a 
$164,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability.

At 30 June 2022:
An absolute 5% increase/(decrease) in the 
volatility would result in a $487,000 increase/
(decrease) in the value of the liability 
respectively. 

At 30 June 2023:
A relative 5% increase in the share price 
would result in a $176,000 increase in the 
value of the liability. A relative 5% decrease 
in the share price would result in a 
$153,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability.

At 30 June 2022:
A relative 5% increase in the share price would 
result in a $875,000 increase in the value of 
the liability. A relative 5% decrease in the share 
price would result in a $803,000 decrease in 
the value of the liability.

At 30 June 2023:
An absolute 1% increase in dividend yield 
would result in a $33,000 decrease in the 
value of the liability. An absolute 1% 
decrease in dividend yield would not result 
in a change in the value of the liability.

At 30 June 2022:
An absolute 1% increase in dividend yield 
would result in a $160,000 decrease in the 
value of the liability. An absolute 1% decrease 
in dividend yield would result in a $164,000 
increase in the value of the liability.

At 30 June 2023:
An absolute 0.5% increase in risk free rate 
would result in a $43,000 decrease in the 
value of the liability. An absolute 0.5% 
decrease in risk free rate would result in a 
$41,000 increase in the value of the liability.
At 30 June 2022: 
An absolute 0.5% increase in risk free rate 
would result in a $77,000 decrease in the value 
of the liability. An absolute 0.5% decrease in 
risk free rate would result in a $79,000 
increase in the value of the liability.

At 30 June 2023:
A relative 5% increase/(decrease) in the 
forward exchange rates would result in a 
$714,000 increase/(decrease) in the value of 
the liability respectively.

At 30 June 2022:
A relative 5% increase in the forward exchange 
rates would result in a $1,489,000 increase the 
value of the liability. A relative 5% decrease in 
the forward exchange rate would result in a 
$1,489,000 decrease in the value of the 
liability.

Annual Report 2023

79

 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 17: Financial risk management (continued)

Foreign currency risk

The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with 
respect to the US dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities denominated 
in a currency that is not the functional currency in which they are measured. The risk is monitored using sensitivity analysis and cash flow 
forecasting. The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange translation risk arising from its foreign operations. The Group’s investments in 
its subsidiaries are not hedged as those currency positions are considered to be long term in nature. In addition, the parent entity has 
intercompany receivables from its subsidiaries denominated in Australian Dollars which are eliminated on consolidation. The gains or 
losses on re-measurement of these intercompany receivables from foreign currencies to Australian Dollars are not eliminated on 
consolidation as the loans are not considered to be part of the net investment in the subsidiary.

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at 30 June were as follows:

AUD

USD

GBP

EUR

SGD

CAD

HKD

CHF

AED

JPY

NZD

NOK

ZAR

MAD

SEK

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

–    665    132    372   

1    101   1,029   

1   

79   

35   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   6,434   6,000   1,103   

–   19,808   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   59,427    (831)   

–   (2,095)   

–   

–   

–   66,526   5,301   1,475   (2,094)   19,909   1,029   

–   

1   

–   

–    351   

79   

35    351   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

  460   1,836    512    282   

1    375   

–   

–    115   

–   

–    202   

–   

60    183 

2023

Financial 
Assets

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Trade 
receivables¹

Intercompany 
loan receivable

Total assets

Financial 
Liabilities

Trade payables

Deferred and 
variable 
deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

 45,729   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

Total liabilities

 46,189   1,836    512    282   

1    375   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–    115   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–    202   

–   

–   

–   

– 

60    183 

2022

Financial 
Assets

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Trade 
receivables¹

Intercompany 
loan receivable

Total assets

Financial 
Liabilities

Trade payables

Deferred and 
variable 
deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

Total liabilities

AUD

USD

GBP

EUR

SGD

CAD

HKD

CHF

AED

JPY

NZD

NOK

ZAR

MAD

SEK

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

$’000

–    9,963    306    996    303   

–    9,820   

27    102   

41   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–    6,516    6,000    5,052   

–   14,725   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   43,141   

(705)   

–   (2,956)   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   59,620    5,601    6,048   (2,653)   14,725    9,820   

27    102   

41   

4   

4   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

  2,897    279   

15    301   

2    207   

88   

–   

34   

(34)   

35   

31    557   

–   

– 

 45,729   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

 48,626    279   

15    301   

2    207   

88   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

34   

(34)   

35   

31    557   

–   

–   

– 

– 

1. Receivables includes intercompany loan trade receivable and payable.

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk on cash and cash equivalents primarily relates to foreign cash holdings within the parent 
entity. The USD foreign currency risk for receivables is predominately due to the Group’s AUD and Euro denominated subsidiaries which 
have USD receivables. The AUD foreign currency risk for variable deferred consideration is due to Omni Bridgeway (Storm) Holdings BV’s 
acquisition of the OBE Group and its requirement to deliver AUD denominated shares in the Company.

80

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 17: Financial risk management (continued)

Sensitivity

The following table summarises the sensitivity of financial instruments held at balance date to movement in the exchange rate of the 
subsidiary’s functional currency to the listed currencies, with all other variables held constant. The sensitivity is based on management’s 
estimate of reasonably possible changes over the financial year.

30 June 
2023

30 June 
2022

AUD

USD

GBP

EUR

SGD

CAD

HKD

CHF

AED

JPY

NZD

NOK

ZAR

MAD

SEK

Impact on profit or loss before tax ($’000)

+10%  1,428   (9,773)   (913)    (196)    233   (2,228)  

(20)   

 (10%)   (1,428)  9,773    913    196    (233)   2,228   

20   

–   

–   

1   

(1)   

–   

(32)   

3   

–   

32   

(3)   

–   

–   

1   

3 

(1)   

(3) 

+10%  4,528   (8,632)    (985)    (873)    277   (1,638)    (180)   

(4)   

(3)   

 (10%)   (4,528)   8,632    985    873    (277)   1,638    180   

4   

3   

–   

–   

3   

(3)   

–   

–   

5   

(5)   

–   

–   

– 

– 

Note 18: Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows comprise cash 
at bank and on hand, and short-term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known 
amounts of cash on hand and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash at bank

Short-term deposits

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

115,430   

124,755 

1,586   

34,211 

117,016   

158,966 

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents 
represent fair value. Of the cash at bank, $2,226,000 (2022: $1,686,000) is restricted as it is cash received for unearned revenue or is held 
within Stichting vehicles on behalf of customers. The Stichting vehicles were founded as a separate, independent foundation to ensure the 
cash flows related to the claims were secured.

Short-term deposits are made for varying periods depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group. At 30 June 2023, all 
short-term deposits are due to mature in less than 90 days from inception and earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates.

Bank Guarantees

Bank guarantees have been issued by the Group’s bankers as security for leases over premises. At 30 June 2023, guarantees of 
$1,735,000 were outstanding (2022: $2,355,000). The Group has a total guarantee facility limit of $1,735,000 (2022: $2,472,000) that is 
secured by an offset arrangement with deposits of $1,490,000 (2022: $1,672,000).

Note 19: Borrowings and debt securities

All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs.

After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method.

On 8 July 2022, the Group fully repaid and redeemed all of its Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes from the proceeds of debt drawn down from a 
debt facility with a limit of $250 million in the form of a Senior Facility Agreement, entered into on 5 May 2022. The total amount of drawn 
down from the debt facilities at 30 June 2023 was $190 million.

The interest rate of the borrowings is 7% + BBSY and matures on 5 July 2027.

There were no breaches of financial covenants during the year ended 30 June 2023. 

Current

Omni Bridgeway Bonds

Fixed Rate Notes

Non-Current

Borrowings

Consolidated

2023

$’000

–   

–   

–   

2022

$’000

76,000 

72,000 

148,000 

181,639   

181,639   

– 

– 

Annual Report 2023

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 19: Borrowings and debt securities (continued)

Cash and non-cash movements in borrowings are shown below:

Balance at 1 July

Repayment of Bonds and Fixed Rate Notes

Proceeds from issue of borrowings

Capitalised costs of borrowings

Amortisation of costs of borrowings

Balance at 30 June

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

148,000   

145,522 

(148,000)   

190,000   

(10,378)   

– 

– 

– 

2,017   

2,478 

181,639   

148,000 

The application of AASB 123 Borrowing Costs (revised 2007) has resulted in the capitalisation of interest and borrowing cost amounting to 
$19.601 million (2022: $10.182 million) during the current financial year as part of the litigation investments which are deemed to be 
qualifying assets post the application date of AASB 123 (revised) on 1 July 2009 (refer to Note 13). 

Note 20: Contributed equity

(a) Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Issued and paid up capital is recognised at the fair value of the consideration received by the 
Company. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from 
the proceeds.

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and the right to dividends.

Contributed equity

Issued and fully paid ordinary shares

Movement in ordinary shares

At 1 July 2021

Shares issued during the year (deferred and variable deferred consideration - business combination) 
(Note 29)

Shares issued upon exercise of performance rights (Note 32)

At 30 June 2022

Shares issued during the year (deferred and variable deferred consideration - business combination) 
(Note 29)

Shares issued upon exercise of performance rights (Note 32)

Share Buy-Back Scheme

At 30 June 2023

(b) Performance rights

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

449,854   

406,963 

Number
’000

$’000

262,180  

389,501 

3,659  

2,800  

10,940 

6,522 

268,639  

406,963 

7,756  

2,768  

(544)   

30,712 

13,839 

(1,660) 

278,619  

449,854 

At 30 June 2023, there were 15,421,416 unissued ordinary shares in respect of which share performance rights have been issued but not 
vested were outstanding (2022: 15,929,183). Refer to Note 32.

(c) Variable deferred consideration shares

ASX has granted the Company a waiver from Listing Rule 7.3.4 on 31 December 2019, to permit the Company to seek Shareholder 
approval for the issue of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares in respect of the Variable Deferred Consideration later than 
3 months from the date of the Meeting but no later than 60 months after the date of Completion (ASX Waiver). The ASX Waiver was 
granted subject to the following conditions:

(i)

the Annual Targets not being varied;

(ii)

the maximum number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares to be issued is calculated based upon the Minimum Deemed Issue 
Price and is stated in the Notice, along with adequate details regarding potential dilution;

(iii) for any annual reporting during which any of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares have been issued or any of them remain to 

be issued, the Company’s annual report sets out in detail the number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares issued in that annual 
reporting period, the number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares that remain to be issued and the basis on which the Variable 
Deferred Consideration Shares may be issued;

82

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 20: Contributed equity (continued)

(iv)

in any half year or quarterly report for a period during which any of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares have been issued or 
remain to be issued, the Company must include a summary statement of the number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares 
issued during the reporting period, the number of Variable Deferred Consideration Shares that remain to be issued and the basis on 
which the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares may be issued; and

(v)

the notice of shareholder meeting contains the full terms and conditions of the Variable Deferred Consideration Shares and the 
conditions of the Waiver.

During the year, the following number of shares were issued in settlement of this obligation:

Maximum approved as permissible to issue

Previously issued

Issued during the year

Total issued

Remaining shares to be issued

(d) Capital management

2023

$’000

17,329   

(7,468)   

(3,640)   

(11,108)   

6,221   

2022

$’000

17,329 

(3,809) 

(3,659) 

(7,468) 

9,861 

Capital includes debt, lease liabilities and equity attributable to the equity holders of the Parent. When managing capital, management’s 
objective is to ensure the Group continues as a going concern while maintaining optimal returns to shareholders and benefits for other 
stakeholders. Management also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the Group.

The Group’s earnings often vary dramatically, and this is expected to continue in future. Management’s policy is to pay dividends to 
shareholders from earnings where there is capital surplus to the needs of the business.

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. The Parent’s accumulated losses/retained earnings are disclosed 
in Note 33.

Note 21: Accumulated losses and reserves

Movements in retained earnings/(accumulated losses) were as follows:

Balance at 1 July

Net loss for the year

Balance at 30 June

(a) Movements in reserves were as follows:

Share based 
payment 
reserve

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve

$’000

$’000

28,327   

(28,405)   

3,946   

32,273   

(9,531)   

22,742   

8,599   

(19,806)   

13,893   

(5,913)   

Balance at 1 July 2021

Movements in reserves during the year  

Balance at 30 June 2022

Movements in reserves during the year  

Balance at 30 June 2023

(b) Nature and purpose of reserves

i.

Share-based payment reserve

Consolidated

2023

$’000

(87,832)   

(31,659)   

(119,491)   

2022

$’000

(42,187) 

(45,645) 

(87,832) 

Convertible 
note reserve

Fund equity 
reserve

Option 
premium 
reserve

$’000

3,404   

–   

$’000

3,832   

–   

3,404   

3,832   

–   

–   

3,404   

3,832   

$’000

(22,599)   

12,655   

(9,944)   

4,367   

(5,577)   

Total 
reserves

$’000

(15,441) 

25,200 

9,759 

8,729 

18,488 

The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to employees, 
including key management personnel as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 32 for further details of this plan.

ii. Foreign currency translation reserve

This reserve is used to record differences on the translation of the assets and liabilities of foreign operations.

iii. Option premium reserve

This reserve is used to record the value of equity benefits provided to employees and directors, including Key Management Personnel, 
as part of their remuneration. This reserve relates to the previous plan for options already vested.

iv. Convertible note reserve

This reserve was used to record the equity portion on the convertible notes (issued on 13 December 2010), which were fully redeemed 
by the Company during December 2013.

v. Fund equity reserve

This reserve is used to record changes in the proportion of equity held by non-controlling interests within the Group.

Annual Report 2023

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

D. WORKING CAPITAL, OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Note 22: Trade and other receivables

Receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently remeasured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, 
less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts.

Receivables due from the completion of litigation investments are recognised upon various stages of completion of the underlying 
litigation in conjunction with the income recognition criteria of each investment. Collectability is reviewed on an ongoing basis and at 
each reporting period.

The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) for all receivables based on the difference between the contractual 
cash flows due and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest 
rate. ECLs are recognised in two stages. For credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial 
recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from default events that are possible within the next 12-months (a 12-month 
ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a loss allowance is 
required for credit losses expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default (a lifetime ECL). At 
30 June 2023, the value of the ECL allowance is $1.727 million (2022: $nil).

Other receivables comprise interest receivable upon the maturity of the Group’s short-term deposits (between 30 and 90 days), 
receivables from co-funders of litigation contracts in progress, short term loans and deposits receivable.

Current

Receivables due from the completion of litigation investments

Other receivables

Non-current

Receivables due from the completion of litigation investments

Other receivables

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

101,929   

101,448 

38,841   

26,306 

140,770   

127,754 

43,769   

1,892   

45,661   

36,638 

– 

36,638 

(a) Fair value and credit risk

Due to the nature of these receivables, the carrying value of the current receivables approximates its fair value. The maximum exposure to 
credit risk is the carrying value of receivables. It is not the Group’s policy to transfer (on-sell) receivables.

Note 23: Contract costs

The Group holds management and advisory contracts in respect of Fund 4 and Fund 5. Incremental costs incurred in obtaining a contract 
are capitalised when the Group expects to recover the costs and are amortised on a systemic basis that is consistent with the Group’s 
transfer of related services to the customer.

The amounts have been capitalised as shown below. The amounts are being amortised on a straight line basis over a period of seven 
years, being in reference to the initial four-year commitment period of the fund plus the estimated litigation funding contract life of three 
years.

Consolidated

2023

$’000

3,522   

(939)   

2,583   

939   

1,644   

2,583   

2022

$’000

4,461 

(939) 

3,522 

939 

2,583 

3,522 

Balance at 1 July

Amortisation of contract costs

Balance at 30 June

Current

Non-current

84

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 24: Other assets

Current

Prepayments

Security deposits

Non-current

Prepayments

Other

Consolidated

2023

$’000

5,075   

2,925   

8,000   

16,988   

800   

17,788   

2022

$’000

2,576 

2,848 

5,424 

12,037 

714 

12,751 

Note 25: Right of use assets and other plant and equipment

Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Such cost includes the cost of replacing 
parts that are eligible for capitalisation when the cost of replacing parts is incurred. All other repairs and maintenance are recognised in 
the profit or loss as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The major categories of property, plant 
and equipment are depreciated as follows:
• Equipment 
• Furniture  
• Leasehold 
• Right-of-use 

2 to 11 years; and

3 to 10 years.

2 to 6 years;

2 to 5 years;

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and amortisation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year end. 
An item of plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no further future economic benefits are expected from its use 
or disposal.

Right-of-use assets

The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (ie. the date the underlying asset is available for use). 
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement 
of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised (Refer to Note 28), initial direct costs 
incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Unless the Group is 
reasonably certain to obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognised right-of-use assets are depreciated 
on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term. Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment 
indicator assessments.

Gross carrying amount - at cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net carrying amount

Consolidated

2023

$’000

29,066   

(10,620)   

18,446   

2022

$’000

26,942 

(12,073) 

14,869 

Annual Report 2023

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 25: Right of use assets and other plant and equipment (continued)

Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year

Gross carrying amount

Balance at 1 July 2021

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2022

Additions

Disposals/terminations

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Equipment

$'000

Furniture, 
fixtures and 
fittings

Leasehold 
improvements

Right-of-use 
assets

$'000

$'000

$'000

2,080   

357   

(2)   

(2)   

968   

242   

–   

10   

2,433   

1,220   

334   

(948)   

(33)   

156   

(302)   

59   

1,931   

1,065   

–   

12   

3,008   

57   

(1,772)   

14   

9,202   

15,084   

(4,446)   

441   

20,281   

6,399   

(2,562)   

722   

Total

$'000

14,181 

16,748 

(4,448) 

461 

26,942 

6,946 

(5,584) 

762 

Balance at 30 June 2023

1,786   

1,133   

1,307   

24,840   

29,066 

Accumulated depreciation

Balance at 1 July 2021

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

Adjustments

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2022

Depreciation charge for the year

Disposals

Adjustments

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2023

1,594   

339   

(2)   

–   

(2)   

1,929   

458   

(1,292)   

–   

53   

1,148   

776   

106   

–   

–   

10   

892   

99   

(302)   

–   

42   

731   

1,814   

255   

–   

–   

8   

2,077   

238   

(1,772)   

–   

12   

555   

4,092   

2,757   

–   

197   

129   

7,175   

3,122   

(2,562)   

183   

268   

8,276 

3,457 

(2) 

197 

145 

12,073 

3,917 

(5,928) 

183 

375 

8,186   

10,620 

Property, plant and equipment of the Company is subject to a fixed charge to secure the Company’s debt. See Note 19 for further details. 
Refer to Note 28 for further information on right-of-use assets and their associated leases.

Note 26: Trade and other payables

Trade payables, other payables and accruals are carried at amortised cost. Due to their short-term nature they are not discounted. They 
represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group or liabilities to provide funding in relation to a litigation investment to the 
end of the financial year that are unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase 
of these goods and services or deployment against investment commitments. The amounts are unsecured, non-interest bearing and are 
usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Trade payables

Unearned revenue (Refer to Note 2)

Wage accruals

Interest accruals

Fair Value

Due to the nature of trade and other payables, their carrying value approximates their fair value.

Consolidated

2023

$'000

36,226   

11,862   

2,022   

–   

2022

$'000

30,842 

8,594 

468 

2,049 

50,110   

41,953 

86

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 27: Provisions

General provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation 
at the balance date. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability.

The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time is recognised in finance costs. 

Refer to Notes 11 - 14 in respect to litigation investment impairment provisions.

Employee benefits

Provision is made for employee benefits accumulated as a result of employees rendering services up to the end of the reporting period. 
These benefits include wages, salaries, annual leave, long service leave and bonuses.

Liabilities in respect of employees’ services rendered that are not expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the 
periods in which the employees render the related services are recognised as long-term employee benefits. These liabilities are measured 
at the present value of the estimated future cash outflow to be made to the employees using the projected unit credit method.

Liabilities expected to be wholly settled within one year after the end of the period in which the employees render the related services are 
classified as short-term benefits and are measured at the amount due to be paid.

Current

Annual leave and vested long service leave

Litigation investments - adverse costs

Bonus

Non-Current

Premises lease make good

Long service leave

(a) Movement in provisions

Balance at 1 July 2021

Arising during the year

Utilised

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Consolidated

2023

$’000

4,483   

26,753   

2   

31,238   

626   

665   

1,291   

2022

$’000

3,941 

20,877 

306 

25,124 

601 

642 

1,243 

Litigation 
investments - 
adverse costs

Annual leave

Long service 
leave

Premises 
lease make 
good

$'000

$'000

$'000

$'000

19,100   

3,733   

1,481   

1,777   

3,060   

–   

–   

(3,469)   

65   

160   

(447)   

–   

278   

323   

–   

–   

Bonus

$'000

677   

725   

Total

$'000

25,269 

6,045 

(1,085)   

(5,001) 

(11)   

54 

Balance at 30 June 2022

20,877   

3,389   

1,194   

601   

306   

26,367 

Arising during the year

Utilised

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2023

Current 2023

Non-current 2023

Current 2022

Non-current 2022

7,583   

4,160   

(1,707)   

(3,684)   

–   

76   

146   

(133)   

–   

26,753   

3,941   

1,207   

26,753   

3,941   

–   

–   

542   

665   

26,753   

3,941   

1,207   

20,877   

3,389   

–   

–   

552   

642   

20,877   

3,389   

1,194   

120   

(95)   

–   

626   

–   

626   

626   

–   

601   

601   

–   

12,009 

(304)   

(5,923) 

–   

2   

2   

–   

2   

76 

32,529 

31,238 

1,291 

32,529 

306   

25,124 

–   

1,243 

306   

26,367 

Annual Report 2023

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 27: Provisions (continued)

(b) Nature and timing of provisions

Litigation investments – adverse costs

The Group raises a provision for adverse costs upon receipt of a losing judgement in jurisdictions that require adverse costs to be paid 
to the litigations’s counter party. Refer to Notes 1, 6 and 30 for further details on adverse costs.

At 30 June 2023, an adverse costs provision of $26.8 million (2022: $20.9 million) exists in relation to two non-fund investments. 
Of that amount, $9.5 million will be recovered from (i) ATE insurance proceeds ($8.7 million); and (ii) as part of a co-funding agreement 
($0.8 million) recognised as a receivable. As a result, $7.7 million has been expensed and is included in other expenses. $1.8 million 
had been recognised for fund investments with $1.2 million recoverable from insurance proceeds.

Premises lease make good

The make good provision relates to amounts recognised for make good requirements on leases of office space.

Bonus

The bonus provision relates to amounts accrued based on management’s best estimate to be paid to employees.

Note 28: Lease liabilities

The Group has lease contracts for rental property and motor vehicles. These leases generally have lease terms between 3 and 10 years. 
The Group’s obligations under its leases are secured by the lessor’s title to the leased assets. Generally, the Group is restricted from 
assigning and subleasing the leased assets. There are several lease contracts that include extension and termination options and variable 
lease payments, which are further discussed below.

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the 
use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

Group as lessee

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be 
made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives 
receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. 
The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and payments 
of penalties for terminating a lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to terminate.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the 
interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to 
reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is 
remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the in-substance fixed lease payments or a change in the 
assessment to purchase the underlying asset.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of machinery and equipment (ie those leases that 
have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease of 
low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered of low value. Lease payments on short-term 
leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities and the movements during the year:

Balance at 1 July

Additions

Terminations

Accretion of interest

Payments

Effects of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June

Current

Non-current

88

Omni Bridgeway

Consolidated

2023

$’000

13,929   

6,333   

–   

1,091   

(3,877)   

465   

17,941   

2,933   

15,008   

17,941   

2022

$’000

5,843 

13,602 

(2,738) 

808 

(3,955) 

368 

13,928 

2,755 

11,173 

13,928 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 28: Lease liabilities (continued)

The following are the amounts recognised in profit or loss:

Depreciation expense on right-of-use assets

Interest expense on lease liabilities (included in finance costs)

Expense relating to short-term leases

Expenses relating to leases of low-value assets (included in corporate and office expense)

Consolidated

2023

$’000

3,122   

1,091   

227   

413   

2022

$’000

2,757 

808 

99 

522 

Total amount recognised in profit or loss

4,853   

4,186 

The Group had total cash outflows for leases of $4,517,636 in 2023 (2022: $4,576,000). The future cash outflows relating to leases that 
have not yet commenced are disclosed in Note 30.

The Group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. These options are negotiated by management to 
provide flexibility in managing the leased-asset portfolio and align with the Group’s business needs. Management exercises significant 
judgement in determining whether these extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised.

Note 29: Other financial liabilities

Deferred and variable deferred consideration is valued at fair value at the acquisition date as part of a fair value through profit or loss 
business combination. It is subsequently remeasured at fair value at each reporting date.

Current

Deferred consideration - Insurance

Deferred consideration - business combination

Variable deferred consideration - business combination

Non-Current

Deferred consideration - Insurance

Variable deferred consideration - business combination

Consolidated

2023

$’000

1,099   

–   

6,998   

8,097   

2,975   

7,775   

10,750   

2022

$’000

– 

15,491 

13,670 

29,161 

– 

16,568 

16,568 

Annual Report 2023

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 29: Other financial liabilities (continued)

Deferred and variable deferred consideration – business combination

Relates to the acquisition of OBE Group. Deferred consideration in relation to the business combination was fully paid via shares issue in 
December 2022. The determination of the fair value is designated as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 17 for further 
information.

The following table reconciles the movements in recurring fair value measurements categorised within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy:

Current

Balance at 1 July 2021

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit or loss

Issue of shares to satisfy the liability

Reclassification from Non-Current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2022

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit or loss

Issue of shares to satisfy the liability

Reclassification from Non-Current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2023

Non-Current

Balance at 1 July 2021

Deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

Variable deferred 
consideration - 
business 
combination

$'000

$'000

–   

(1,564)   

–   

17,055   

–   

15,491   

337   

14,647   

(4,971)   

(10,940)   

15,050   

(116)   

13,670   

(1,161)   

Total

$'000

14,647 

(6,535) 

(10,940) 

32,105 

(116) 

29,161 

(824) 

(16,297)   

(14,415)   

(30,712) 

–   

469   

–   

8,503   

401   

6,998   

8,503 

870 

6,998 

17,783   

33,886   

51,669 

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit or loss

–   

(880)   

(880) 

Reclassification to Current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2022

Fair value remeasurement recognised through profit or loss

Reclassification to Current

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Balance at 30 June 2023

(17,055)   

(15,050)   

(32,105) 

(728)   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(1,388)   

16,568   

(1,617)   

(8,503)   

1,327   

7,775   

(2,116) 

16,568 

(1,617) 

(8,503) 

1,327 

7,775 

90

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 30: Commitments and contingencies

Capital commitments

Omni Bridgeway Limited has $420.220 million (2022: $402.532 million) in aggregate Investor Capital commitments to its Funds 1, 2&3, 4, 5, 
6, 7 and 8 collectively, of which $195.290 million is undrawn at 30 June 2023 (2022: $227.703 million).

The Funds have made aggregate funding commitments to Investments totalling $2,115.500 million (2022: $1,574.017 million), of which 
$931.550 million is yet to be deployed at 30 June 2023 (2022: $799.979 million).

Remuneration commitments

Commitments for the payment of salaries and other remuneration under long-term employment 
contracts in existence at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities payable:

Within one year

After one year but no more than five years

Consolidated

2023

$'000

5,008   

–   

5,008   

2022

$'000

4,295 

– 

4,295 

Amounts disclosed as remuneration commitments also include commitments arising from the service contracts of, and bonuses payable 
to, directors and executives referred to in the Remuneration Report of the Directors’ Report that are not recognised as liabilities and are 
not included in the compensation of Key Management Personnel.

Contingencies

In certain jurisdictions litigation funding agreements contain an undertaking from the Group to the client that the Group will pay adverse 
costs awarded to the successful party in respect of costs incurred during the period of funding, should the client’s litigation be 
unsuccessful. It is not possible to predict in which cases such an award might be made.

The Group has insurance arrangements which, in some circumstances, will lessen the impact of such awards. The entire Funds 2 & 3 
portfolio has an after the event (ATE) insurance policy that will respond to claims for adverse costs in aggregate in excess of $7.5 million. 
The entire Fund 5 portfolio has an ATE insurance policy that will respond to claims for adverse costs in aggregate in excess of 
US$20 million. Additionally, the Group may obtain insurance cover over a specific investment. Based on past experience, an award of 
adverse costs to a defendant will approximate nil to 80% (depending on jurisdiction) of the amount paid by the plaintiff to pursue the 
litigation (although in some cases there may be more than one defendant).

An indicative pre-insurance cover estimate of the total gross potential adverse costs exposure of the Group may be made by assuming 
all cases are lost, that adverse costs equal 40% to 80% of the amount spent by the plaintiff and that there is only one defendant per case.

At 30 June 2023, the total amount of capital deployed on currently funded investments by the Group where undertakings to pay adverse 
costs have been provided was $177.351 million (2022: $141.127 million). This excludes specifically identified investments where adverse 
costs provisions have already been recognised in liabilities (refer to Note 27) .The potential adverse costs exposure using the above 
methodology would amount to $50.302 million (2022: $53.363 million), including the portion attributable to the Group of $19.880 million.  
Notwithstanding the historic performance, subject to specific investment impairment considerations, the Group does not currently expect 
that any of the investments will be unsuccessful. The Group maintains a large cash holding in the event that one or more investments are 
unsuccessful and an adverse costs order is made which is not covered by its insurance arrangements.

Further to the contingent comment above, in respect to a number of investments where the Group has a potential exposure to adverse 
cost OBL has provided a security deed poll. The Group has invested $34.084 million to these investments collectively. Where such 
investment is within a Fund, OBL is indemnified by the respective Fund.

A portion of the consideration relating to the acquisition of OBE Group is contingent upon the OBE Group meeting performance targets. 
This is outlined in Notes 20 and 29.

Annual Report 2023

91

 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

E. THE GROUP, MANAGEMENT AND RELATED PARTIES

Note 31: Key management personnel

Details of Key Management Personnel

During the year, Stuart Mitchell was replaced by Guillaume Leger as Global Chief Financial Officer, effective 1 September 2022.

As announced to the ASX on 23 February 2023, Raymond van Hulst will be appointed CEO upon Andrew Saker’s retirement, effective 
26 October 2023.

There were no further changes to Key Management Personnel after the reporting date and before the date the financial report was 
authorised for issue.

Compensation of Key Management Personnel

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Long term employee benefits

Termination payments

Share based payments

Note 32: Share-based payment plan

Share-based payment transactions

(i) Equity-settled transactions

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

4,854   

4,690 

154   

(14)   

88   

2,024   

7,106   

163 

(659) 

882 

2,357 

7,433 

The Company’s LTIP awards share performance rights to key senior employees. The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined using 
a Monte Carlo or Black Scholes Model depending on the type of LTIP.

In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares 
of OBL (i.e. market conditions) if applicable.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in the share-based payment reserve, over 
the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which the relevant 
employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).

The charge to the profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount as calculated above less the amounts already charged in previous 
periods. There is a corresponding credit to equity.

Equity-settled awards granted by OBL to employees of subsidiaries are recognised in the Parent’s separate financial statements as an 
additional investment in the subsidiary with a corresponding credit to equity. These amounts are eliminated through consolidation. As a 
result, the expenses recognised by the Company in relation to equity-settled awards only represents the expense associated with grants 
to employees of the Parent. The expense recognised by the Group is the total expense associated with all such awards.

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than were originally 
anticipated to do so. Any award subject to a market condition is considered to vest irrespective of whether or not that market condition 
is fulfilled, provided that all other conditions are satisfied.

If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been modified. 
An additional expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, 
or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification.

If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and an expense not yet recognised for the 
award is recognised immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award and designated as a replacement award 
on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in 
the previous paragraph.

Where outstanding rights do not have an anti-dilutive effect and are currently meeting the performance criteria, the dilutive effect, if any, 
is added to share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

(ii) Cash-settled transactions

The Group does not provide cash-settled share-based benefits to employees or senior executives.

Long Term Incentive Plan

LTIP awards are delivered in the form of performance rights over shares which vest after a period of three years subject to meeting 
performance measures. The Group uses relative TSR and CAGR of Funds Deployed as the performance measures.

For the portion of the LTIP subject to the relative TSR performance measure, the fair value of share performance rights granted is 
estimated at the date of grant using a Monte-Carlo simulation model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the share 
performance rights were granted. For the portion of the LTIP based on the achievement of CAGR of Funds Deployed, the Black-Scholes 
model is used.

92

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 32: Share-based payment plan (continued)

Performance Rights

On 14 July 2022, 201,059 performance rights were issued to Guillaume Leger in relation to his appointment as the new Global Chief 
Financial Officer. The performance rights are subject to Mr. Leger meeting both service and performance conditions. On 28 June 2023, 
the Board has approved vesting of 140,752 performance rights, the remaining 60,307 will be tested and approved at the remuneration 
committee meeting to be held on 28 June 2024.

6,228,684 share performance rights were issued during 2023 (2022: 5,032,932). Specific assessment for performance rights issued in 
the period is below:

Grant Date

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected Volatility (%)

Dividend yield (%)

Risk-free rate (%)

Performance period

Models used

Tranche 1 - relative TSR (value per right $)

Tranche 2 - CAGR (value per right $)

T1 performance rights

T2 performance rights

The expense recognised for share based payments during the year is shown below:

Share based payments expense

1 July
2022

$3.450

Nil

 40% 

0% for FY23 and 2% for FY24 and FY25

 2.92% 

3 years ending

30 June 2025

Monte Carlo & Black Scholes

$1.850

$3.320

n/a

n/a

Consolidated

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

8,871   

11,724 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, share performance rights 
during the year:

Movements during the year

Outstanding at 1 July

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Outstanding at 30 June

Exercisable at 30 June

2023

Number

2023

WAEP

2022

Number

2022

WAEP

15,929,183

6,228,684

(4,212,468)

(2,523,983)

15,421,416

1,964,822

–

–

–

–

–

–

18,528,532

5,032,932

(4,599,380)

(3,032,901)

15,929,183

4,274,861

–

–

–

–

–

–

Annual Report 2023

93

 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 33: Parent entity information

Information relating to Omni Bridgeway Limited:

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Issued capital

Accumulated losses

Reserves

Total shareholders’ equity

Loss of the Parent

Total comprehensive loss of the Parent

Details of the contractual commitments and contingent liabilities of the Parent are contained in Note 30.

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

79,347   

589,682   

154,401 

547,672 

(33,892)   

(201,847) 

(230,422)   

(172,845) 

359,260   

374,827 

445,702   

402,686 

(116,261)   

29,819   

(67,037) 

39,178 

359,260   

374,827 

(49,224)   

(49,224)   

(61,435) 

(61,435) 

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of OBL and the subsidiaries listed in the following table: 

Percentage owned

Name

Fund 1

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC¹

HC 1 LLC²

Security Finance (Fund 1) LLC¹

Funds 2 & 3

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd

IMF Bentham ROW SPV 1 Limited

IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2 Limited

Fund 4

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 2 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 3 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 4 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 5 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 6 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 7 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 8 LP

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 9 LP

JPV I LP

Fund 5

Country of
 Incorporation

USA

USA

USA

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

Australia

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

2023

%

 100 

 – 

 100 

 27 

 27 

 27 

 27 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

2022

%

 100 

 25 

 100 

 23 

 23 

 23 

 23 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

 20 

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 5) GPA Pty Ltd

Australia

 100 

 100 

94

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 33: Parent entity information (continued)

Name

Fund 6

Omni Bridgeway BV

Omni Bridgeway Legal Tech BV

Omni Bridgeway Emerging Markets BV

Omni Bridgeway Collective Redress BV

Omni Bridgeway Asia Pte Ltd

Omni Bridgeway Holding (Switzerland) SA

Omni Bridgeway SA

Omni Bridgeway GmbH (formerly Omni Bridgeway AG)

Omni Bridgeway Finance BV
Stichting Client Accounts Omni Bridgeway3
Stichting Cartel Compensation3
Stichting Trucks Cartel Compensation3
Omni Bridgeway France SAS4
Omni Bridgeway Italy S.r.L5

Fund 7

Omni Bridgeway Advisory Ltd

Fund 8

Country of
 Incorporation

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Singapore

Switzerland

Switzerland

Germany

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

France

Italy

United Arab Emirates

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 8) Guernsey Investments Limited⁶

Guernsey

Group Subsidiaries

Omni Bridgeway Holdings (Fund 1) LLC

Omni Bridgeway Capital GP (Fund 4) LLC

Omni Bridgeway (USA) LLC

Omni Bridgeway Management (USA) LLC

Omni Bridgeway Holdings (USA) Inc

Security Finance LLC

Omni Bridgeway Capital (Canada) Limited

Lien Finance Canada Limited

Omni Bridgeway (Singapore) Pte Limited

Omni Bridgeway (UK) Limited

Omni Bridgeway (Cayman) Limited

Omni Bridgeway (Storm) Holdings Pty Ltd

Omni Bridgeway (Storm) Holdings BV

Omni Bridgeway Investment Management Ltd

Omni Bridgeway Holding BV
Omni Bridgeway Investment BV7

Omni Bridgeway (NZ) Limited

Crestwood I LLC

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

Canada

Canada

Singapore

United Kingdom

Cayman Islands

Australia

Netherlands

Australia

Netherlands

Netherlands

New Zealand

USA

Percentage owned

2023

%

2022

%

 81 

 41 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

n/a

n/a

n/a

 81 

 81 

 65 

 81 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 81 

 41 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

 81 

n/a

n/a

n/a

 – 

 – 

 65 

 – 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

 100 

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

This holding represents 100% of share capital and the voting rights. On 31 May 2023, Fund 1 was ceased to be consolidated into the Group due to loss of control as a 
result of the disposal of participation interests in Fund. Upon the disposal transaction, Fund 1 was determined as an agent because of the provision of without cause 
kick out right to the new owner of the participation interests (Class A interests). 

The entity was derecognised 30 December 2022.

The Stichting vehicles were founded as separate, independent foundations to ensure the cash flows related to the claims were secured.

The entity was incorporated 8 March 2023.

The entity was incorporated 31 May 2023.

The entity was incorporated 19 July 2022. 

This holding this represents 100% of type A shares and voting rights. Type B shares, with no voting rights, represent 90% of share capital and receive 10% of yearly 
profits. Type A shares receive the remaining yearly profits.

Annual Report 2023

95

Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 34: Material partly-owned subsidiaries

For all subsidiaries where there is less than 51% ownership interest, the Group has power to direct the relevant activities of the investee 
under contractual arrangements and exposure to variable returns the Group is considered to be acting as principal and thus has control.

Financial information of subsidiaries that have material non-controlling interests is provided below:

Proportion of equity interest held by non-controlling interests:

Country of 
Incorporation

Percentage owned

2023

%

2022

%

Fund 1
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC1
HC 1 LLC1
Security Finance (Fund 1) LLC 1

Funds 2 & 3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd2
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd2
IMF Bentham ROW SPV 1 Limited2
IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2 Limited2

Fund 4
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 2 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 3 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 4 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 5 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 6 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 7 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 8 LP3
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 9 LP3
JPV I LP3
Security Finance (Fund 4) LLC3

Fund 6
Omni Bridgeway BV4
Omni Bridgeway Legal Tech BV4
Omni Bridgeway Emerging Markets BV4
Omni Bridgeway Collective Redress BV4
Omni Bridgeway Asia Pte Ltd4
Omni Bridgeway Holding (Switzerland) SA4
Omni Bridgeway SA4
Omni Bridgeway GmbH (formerly Omni Bridgeway AG)4
Omni Bridgeway Finance BV4
Omni Bridgeway France SAS4
Omni Bridgeway Italy S.r.L4

96

Omni Bridgeway

USA

USA

USA

Australia

Australia

United Kingdom

Australia

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

USA

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Singapore

Switzerland

Switzerland

Germany

Netherlands

France

Italy

–

–

–

73

73

73

73

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

–

75

–

77

77

77

77

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

80

100

100

19

59

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

59

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

–

–

Note 34: Material partly-owned subsidiaries (continued)

Accumulated balances of material non-controlling interest:

Accumulated balances of material non-controlling interest:
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC1
HC 1 LLC1
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd2 
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd2 
Fund 43
Fund 64

Transaction costs, net of tax - disposal of non-controlling interest (Fund 1)

Transaction costs, net of tax - disposal of non-controlling interest (Funds 2 & 3)

Profit allocated to material non-controlling interest:
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC1 
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd2 
Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd2 

Fund 4³

Fund 6⁴

2023

$'000

–   

–   

90,888   

30,296   

154,326   

2022

$'000

32,005 

47,148 

86,738 

28,912 

91,013 

162,791   

133,593 

–   

(2,866)   

(5,934) 

(2,866) 

435,435   

410,609 

4,071   

8,562   

2,854   

11,870   

5,164   

32,521   

6,796 

10,883 

3,628 

22,434 

8,386 

52,127 

1. On 31 May 2023, Fund 1 was deconsolidated due to a loss of control by the Group upon sale of a participation interest into the Fund. Comparatives of the results and 

non-controlling interests of these entities were included in Note 1 Segment Information.

2. The results and non-controlling interests of these entities comprise the results of Funds 2 & 3, included in Note 1 Segment Information.

3. The results and non-controlling interests of these entities comprise the results of Fund 4, included in Note 1 Segment Information.

4. The results and non-controlling interests of these entities comprise the results of Fund 6, included in Note 1 Segment Information.

Movements in NCI’s of material partly owned subsidiaries during the year were as follows:

Balance at 1 July 2021

Contributions

Distributions

Change in share of net assets attributable to NCI

Profit

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Balance at 30 June 2022

Contributions

Distributions

Deconsolidation of Subsidiary

Change in share of net assets attributable to NCI

Profit

Other comprehensive income

Balance at 30 June 2023

Consolidated

Fund 1

$'000

147,470   

20   

(80,593)   

(4,778)   

6,796   

4,304   

Funds 2 & 3

$'000

80,399   

19,600   

–   

(1,635)   

14,511   

(91)   

Fund 4

$'000

Fund 6

$'000

Total

$'000

85,120   

117,485   

430,474 

16,211   

(32,742)   

(7,265)   

7,786   

43,617 

–   

(113,335) 

939   

(12,739) 

22,434   

8,386   

7,255   

(1,003)   

52,127 

10,465 

73,219   

112,784   

91,013   

133,593   

410,609 

10,548   

(34,244)   

(49,518)   

(4,076)   

4,071   

–   

–   

15,880   

(24,950)   

–   

2,938   

11,416   

250   

85,390   

24,036   

135,854 

(33,972)   

–   

–   

–   

(93,166) 

(49,518) 

(3,662)   

(2,356)   

(7,156) 

11,870   

3,687   

5,164   

2,354   

32,521 

6,291 

118,318   

154,326   

162,791   

435,435 

Annual Report 2023

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 34: Material partly-owned subsidiaries (continued)

Fund 1

On 31 December 2022, the Group disposed all the equity shareholding in HC1 LLC to Gerchen Capital Partners (GCP) for an initial 
payment of $27.993 million and a deferred contingent consideration depends on the quantum and timing of the completion of the 
litigation underpinning the investment. The deferred contingent consideration is not recognised in the consolidated financial statements 
as the cash outflow is not probable. 

The Group sold a participation in Fund 1 assets for a consideration of $47.662 million which completed on 31 May 2023, the residual 
interest in Fund 1 of $55.950 million is recognised as an investment in associate within the Group Consolidated Financial Statements. 
Refer to Note 35.

The disposals resulted in the deconsolidation of the Fund 1 entities by the Group because of the loss of control on the transaction date. 
An aggregate net gain to the Group of $28.465 million was recognised into the profit or loss, including the effect of the derecognition of 
related capitalised overhead costs amounted $17.613 million. 

The details of net gain on disposals for the year are set out below. 

Carrying value of assets and liabilities

Cash and cash equivalent

Receivables

Intangible assets

Prepayment

Payables and accruals

Non-controlling interests

Total carrying value of net assets

Consideration received by the Group

Fair value of residual interest

Foreign exchange

Direct costs and expenses

HC 1 LLC
$’000

Omni 
Bridgeway 
(Fund 1) LLC
$’000

–   

–   

142   

2,611   

Total
$’000

142 

2,611 

68,483   

54,937   

123,420 

14,167   

(10)   

–   

(48)   

14,167 

(58) 

(61,863)   

(6,393)   

(68,256) 

20,777   

51,249   

72,026 

28,095   

47,662   

–   

55,950   

75,757 

55,950 

(102)   

(840)   

–   

(102) 

(12,661)   

(13,501) 

Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries

6,376   

39,702   

46,078 

Derecognition - capitalised overheads¹

(5,091)   

(12,522)   

(17,613) 

Net gain on disposal of subsidiaries after derecognition of capitalised overheads

1,285   

27,180   

28,465 

1. The capitalised overhead costs in relation to the disposed entities were fully written off upon the deconsolidation, as part of the calculation of net gain on derecognition 

of litigation investments - intangible assets in the profit or loss. 

Funds 2 & 3

On 13 September 2017, the Group established Omni Bridgeway (Fund 2) Pty Ltd and Omni Bridgeway (Fund 3) Pty Ltd. On 26 July 2019, 
the Group established IMF Bentham ROW SPV 1 Limited. On 15 March 2021, the Group established IMF Bentham ROW SPV 2 Pty Ltd. 
These entities are collectively “Funds 2 & 3”.

Fund 4

On 26 October 2018, the Group established Omni Bridgeway Capital GP (Fund 4) LLC. On 29 November 2018, the Group established 
Security Finance (Fund 4) LLC. On 4 December 2018, the Group established Omni Bridgeway (Fund 4) Invt 1 – 9 LP. On 7 July 2020, the 
Group established JPV I LP. These entities are collectively “Fund 4”.

Fund 6

Fund 6 was created in 2016 and was acquired by the Group as part of the November 2019 acquisition of OBE. During the year, the Group 
established Omni Bridgeway France SAS and Omni Bridgeway Italy S.r.L. Refer to Note 33. This is an Europe, Middle East and Africa 
focused investment structure.

98

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 34: Material partly-owned subsidiaries (continued)

The summarised financial information of controlled entities with material non-controlling interests is provided below is based on amounts 
prior to intercompany eliminations:

Consolidated

Fund 1

Fund 2 & 3

Fund 4

Fund 5

Fund 6

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

2023

$'000

2022

$'000

Summarised statement of cash 
flows

Operating

Investing

Financing

(225)   

(265)    (5,926)    2,941   

(733)   

(2,231)   

  15,259    77,816    1,400   

(6,176)   (75,565)    17,960   

 (24,194)    (80,573)    (5,100)    24,500    65,855    (20,155)   

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and 
cash equivalents

  (9,160)   

(3,022)    (9,626)    21,265   (10,443)   

(4,426)   

Cash and cash equivalents at the 
beginning of the period

Deconsolidation of Subsidiary

Foreign exchange

Cash and cash equivalents at the 
end of the period

  8,820    10,836    24,283    3,018    17,926    20,402   

(140)   

–   

480    1,006   

–   

(2)   

–   

–   

–   

–   

692    1,950   

–    8,820    14,655    24,283    8,175    17,926   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   (30,900)    (18,458) 

–   (17,620)    9,970 

–    49,789   

(17) 

–    1,269   

(8,505) 

–   

–   

–   

291    9,478 

–   

6   

– 

(682) 

–    1,566   

291 

Note 35: Interest in associates

Set out below are the associates and joint ventures of the Group as at 30 June 2023 which, in the opinion of the directors, are material to 
the Group. The entities listed below have share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which are held directly by the Group. The 
country of incorporation or registration is also their principal place of business.

Name of entity
OB Capital Coop U.A1

Place of business/
country of 
incorporation

Netherlands

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) 
LLC2

USA

% of ownership 
interest

% of voting rights

Carrying amount

2023

2022

2023

2022

%

5

%

5

%

n/a

%

Classification

n/a Investment in 
associates

2023

$’000

2022

$’000

6,981   

5,031 

100

100

100

100 Litigation 

  56,336   

– 

investment - 
investment in 
associates

Total equity-accounted investments

  63,317   

5,031 

1. OB Capital Coop U.A is an associate of the Group and it is acquired through the acquisition of Omni Bridgeway Holding B.V. in November 2019. The entity invests in 
litigation investments in the Netherlands. The Coop agreement outlines the various powers and rights of responsibilities of the members, includes provisions that 
provide the Group with significant influence over the entity

2. Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC is an litigation investment associate of the Group and it is an entity within Fund 1 which invests in litigation investments in the United 

States. The Group has 100% voting rights subject to a without-cause kick-out right exercisable by GCP effective 31 May 2023, which changed the Group’s status from 
principal to agent.

(a) Recognition and measurement

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial 
and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

Litigation investment associates are investment in associates where the underlying investments in the entity assets either wholly or 
significantly litigation investments. 

The considerations made in determining significant influence are similar to those necessary to determine control over subsidiaries. 
The Group’s investment in its associate are accounted for using the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in an associate is initially recognised at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted 
to recognise changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the associate is 
included in the carrying amount of the investment and is not tested for impairment separately.

If existence of an associate is resulted from the loss of control over a former subsidiary of the Group’s consolidated financial statements, 
the associate is initially recognised at the fair value of the retained residual interest held by the Group. The fair value is determined using 
the methodology of the initial recognition of a financial asset, which represents the present value of the risk-adjusted future potential 
cashflows to be received by the Group. Since the probability-weighted cashflows are a significant unobservable input, the fair value of the 
retained residual interest is classified as a level 3 fair value. 

Annual Report 2023

99

 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 35: Interest in associates (continued)

The following table summarises the quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value 
measurements of initial recognition of residual interests in Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC, which is a former subsidiary of the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements. 

Description

Fair value at 
31 May 2023
$’000

Significant
unobservable
inputs

Range of inputs

Sensitivity of the input to fair value

Residual interest in Fund 1

55,950

Risk-adjusted 
discount rate

14% - 24%

Expected cash flows 10%

Expected timing of 
cash flows

0 - 6 months

Increasing the discount rate by 5% would 
result in a change in fair value of ($6.813) 
million. Decreasing the discount rate by 5% 
would result in a change in fair value of $8.350 
million.

If expected cash flows were 10% higher, the 
fair value would increase by $11.907 million. If 
expected cash flows were 10% lower, the fair 
value would decrease by $12.051 million.

A shift the timing by defer the expected cash 
flows by 6 months would reduce the fair value 
by $14.202 million.

The statement of profit or loss reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the associate. Any change in Other 
Comprehensive Income (OCI) of those investees is presented as part of the Group’s OCI. In addition, when there has been a change 
recognised directly in the equity of the associate, the Group recognises its share of any changes, when applicable, in the statement of 
changes in equity. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the associate are eliminated to the 
extent of the interest in the associate.

The aggregate of the Group’s share of profit or loss of an associate is shown on the face of the statement of profit or loss outside 
operating profit and represents profit or loss after tax and non-controlling interests in the subsidiaries of the associate.

The financial statements of the associate are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. When necessary, adjustments are 
made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group.

After application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an impairment loss on its investment in 
its associate. At each reporting date, the Group determines whether there is objective evidence that the investment in the associate is 
impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of 
the associate and its carrying value, and then recognises the loss within ‘Share of profit/(loss) of an associate’ in the statement of profit or 
loss.

Upon loss of significant influence over the associate, the Group measures and recognises any retained investment at its fair value. Any 
difference between the carrying amount of the associate upon loss of significant influence and the fair value of the retained investment 
and proceeds from disposal is recognised in profit or loss.

(b) Commitments and contingent liabilities in respect of associates 

As part of the gain on disposal calculation for Fund 1, an allowance has been made for future costs of managing the fund and requirement 
for capital commitments. 

Apart from those described in Note 30, no other material commitments or contingent liabilities from share of associates. 

100

Omni Bridgeway

Note 35: Interest in associates (continued)

(c) Summarised financial information for associates 

Interest in those associates and joint ventures that are material to the Group for the relevant financial year is provided below:

Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC1

OB Capital Coop U.A

Income

Total expenses

Operating loss

Equity accounted investment result

Net profit/(loss)

Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures

Effect of movement in foreign currency

Net Share of (profit)/loss in associates and joint ventures

Current assets

Non-current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Equity

Group's share in equity 

Group's carrying amount of the investment

2023

$’000

(2,480) 

6 

(2,486) 

– 

(2,486) 

(2,486) 

34 

(2,452) 

3,341 

50,228 

51 

57,408 

(3,890) 

56,336 

56,336 

2022

$’000

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

n/a  

2023

$’000

(1)   

1,629   

(1,630)   

6,894   

5,264   

263   

28   

291   

296   

136,474   

664   

–   

2022

$’000

(5) 

2,075 

(2,080) 

9,904 

7,824 

(392) 

5 

(387) 

455 

99,413 

750 

– 

136,106   

99,118 

6,981   

6,981   

5,031 

5,031 

1. The entity was equity accounted for as an investment in associate when the Group lost the control on 31 May 2023, the table includes the financial information of the 
entity for the periods after this date. The profit or loss and balance sheet of this entity represents the IFRS standalone financial statements of Fund 1, whereas the 
Group’s share in equity is its residual interest that was recognised at fair value at deconsolidation. Refer to Note 34.

2. Included in the net share of profit/(loss) in associates, there is a share of profit of $1.606 million from an associate of the Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC, which was 

deconsolidated on 31 May 2023. Refer to (d) below.

(d) Individually immaterial associates 

In addition to the interests in associates disclosed above, the Group also had an interest in an immaterial associate that are accounted for 
using the equity method. The interest in this immaterial associate is held via the shareholding and control of Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC, 
and ceased on 31 May 2023 when the Omni Bridgeway (Fund 1) LLC is deconsolidated.  

The carrying amount the immaterial associate was nil at the year end (2022: $6.325 million), and the amount of the Group’s share of profit 
from continuing operations was $1.606 million at year end (2022: $4.744 million). There were no amounts of the Group’s share of post-tax 
profit or loss from discontinued operations or other comprehensive income at the year end (2022: nil). 

Annual Report 2023

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued

Note 36: Related party disclosure 

Transactions with related entities

The following table provides the total amount of transactions that were entered into with related parties for the relevant financial year. 

Transactions with Thomson Geer1
Transactions with Omni Bridgeway DARP Cooperatief UA2

Consolidated

2023

$'000

55   

1,330   

1,385   

2022

$'000

38 

1,838 

1,876 

1. During the year, the Group obtained legal advice from a legal firm associated with Michael Bowen, Thomson Geer Lawyers of $55,000. The legal advice was obtained at 
arm’s length. The Group engages a number of different law firms for its external legal advice and the relationship with Thomson Geer is not exclusive. Michael Bowen 
did not participate in any board decisions to appoint external counsel when Thomson Geer is being considered for engagement. Mr Bowen ceased to be a non-
executive director on 30 November 2022.

2. During the year, the Group received management fees from OB DARP Cooperatief UA, a related entity of the Group. 

Loans with a related entity 

The following table provides the total amount of loans with related parties for the relevant financial year.

Loans with Omni Bridgeway DARP Cooperatief UA2

Note 37: Auditor’s remuneration

The auditor of Omni Bridgeway Limited is BDO Audit (WA) Pty Ltd.

Fees for auditing the statutory financial report of the parent covering the group and auditing the 
statutory financial reports of any controlled entities

Taxation fees

Consolidated

2023

$'000

6,697   

6,697   

Consolidated

2023

$'000

1,073   

813   

1,886   

2022

$'000

5,167 

5,167 

2022

$'000

984 

632 

1,616 

Note 38: Events after the reporting date

Apart from that disclosed in this report, no other circumstances have arisen since 30 June 2023 that have significantly affected, or may 
significantly affect the consolidated entities’ operations, the results of those operations, or the consolidated entities state of affairs in the 
future financial years.

102

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Declaration

We state that, in the Directors’ opinion:

a.

the financial statements and notes of Omni Bridgeway Limited for the financial year ended 30 June 2023 are in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including:

i. giving a true and fair view of its financial position as at 30 June 2023 and performance for the year ended on that date; and

ii. complying with Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Regulations 2001;

b.

the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in the notes to the 
financial statements; and

c.

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of directors of Omni Bridgeway Limited pursuant to section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2023, on behalf of the directors.

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Non-Executive Chairman

Managing Director & CEO and Chief Strategy Officer – US 

Sydney, 22 August 2023

Annual Report 2023

103

Independent Auditor’s Report

104

Omni Bridgeway

Annual Report 2023

105

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

106

Omni Bridgeway

Annual Report 2023

107

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

108

Omni Bridgeway

Shareholder information

The information set out below is current as at 31 July 2023.

(a) Distribution of shareholders

Ordinary share capital

278,689,725 fully paid ordinary shares are held by 4,170 individual shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share and 
carry the right to dividends.

Options

There are no options issued over ordinary shares.

Share performance rights

17,003,651 share performance rights were issued to 124 rights holders under the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan.

Distribution of securities

The number of shareholders by size of holding, in each class are as at 31 July 2023:

1 – 1,000

1,001 – 5,000

5,001 – 10,000

10,001 – 100,000

100,001 and over

Number

ordinary shares % of issued capital

Fully paid 

1,267

1,516

605

718

64

519,628

4,069,774

4,486,194

19,271,817

250,342,312

4,170

278,689,725

 0.19 

 1.46 

 1.61 

 6.91 

 89.83 

 100.00 

Non-marketable parcels

There were 385 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares.

(b) Substantial shareholders

The names of the substantial shareholders listed in the Company’s register as at 31 July 2023 are:

Shareholder

Greencape Capital Ltd.

Perpetual Investment Management Ltd.

Amitell Holdings  Pte. Ltd.

Number of 
ordinary Shares

% of 

issued capital

22,748,652

17,828,487

15,048,196

 8.20% 

 6.40% 

 5.40% 

Annual Report 2023

109

Shareholder information continued

(c) 20 largest holders of quoted equity securities as at 31 July 2023

Ordinary Shares

1. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED

2. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED

3. J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED

4. BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

5. NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED

6. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

7. UBS NOMINEES PTY LTD

8. BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD 

9. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED - A/C 2

10. CPU SHARE PLANS PTY LTD 

11.  BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

12. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA

13. CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED 

14. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD 

15. MR PETER FREDERICK PHILLIPS + MRS ALICE SAU HAN PHILLIPS   

16.  MR MATTHEW BRENDAN RYLAND

17. FIRST SAMUEL LTD ACN 086243567 

18. BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD ACF CLEARSTREAM

19. MR ALEXANDER PAUL CHANG

20. HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED 

(d) Options as at 31 July 2023 – unquoted

There are no options issued.

Number of 
ordinary shares

Issued capital

‘000

75,312 

49,718 

36,216 

16,079 

15,320 

12,681 

5,228 

4,814 

3,743 

3,401 

2,953 

2,481 

2,295 

1,704 

1,474 

1,184 

1,078 

1,053 

850 

825 

%

27.02

17.84

13.00

5.77

5.50

4.55

1.88

1.73

1.34

1.22

1.06

0.89

0.82

0.61

0.53

0.42

0.39

0.38

0.30

0.30

238,409 

85.55

110

Omni Bridgeway

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(e) Securities subject to escrow

On 20 July 2022, Mr. Guillaume Leger was issued 201,059 performance rights in relation to his appointment as Omni Bridgeway’s Global 
Chief Financial Officer. On 14 July 2023, 70,306 ordinary fully paid shares were issued to Mr Leger following satisfaction of the performance 
conditions for the performance period from commencement of employment to 30 June 2023 (Tranche 1) and are subject to a 12-month 
voluntary escrow agreement from the date of issue.

US ownership restriction

The ordinary shares of Omni Bridgeway are subject to ownership restrictions applying to residents of the United States. 

The Shares have not been registered under the US Securities Act of 1933 or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction of the 
United States. In addition, OBL has not been registered under the US Investment Company Act of 1940 in reliance on an exemption from 
registration.

Accordingly, the Shares may not be offered or sold in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of US Persons except in 
accordance with an available exemption from, or a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the US Securities Act, 
the US Investment Company Act and applicable US state securities laws.

In order to qualify for an exemption under the US Investment Company Act, the constitution of OBL provides that where a holder is an 
Excluded US Person:

• OBL may refuse to register a transfer of Shares to that Excluded US Person; and

• The Excluded US Person may be requested to sell such person’s Shares and, if the Excluded US Person fails to do so within 30 business 
days, to be divested of such Shares and to receive the proceeds of sale (net of transaction costs, including any applicable brokerage) as 
soon as practicable after the sale.

In addition, OBL’s constitution provides that a holder may be required to complete a statutory declaration in relation to whether they 
(or any person on whose account or benefit it holds Shares) are an Excluded US Person. Any holder who does not comply with such a 
request will be deemed to be an Excluded US Person.

The Shares are issued on terms under which each holder who is or becomes an Excluded US Person agrees to the above terms and 
irrevocably appoints OBL as that holder’s agent and attorney to do all acts and things and execute all documents which OBL considers 
necessary, desirable or reasonably incidental to effect the above actions.

Shares issued during the year

On 14 July 2023, the Company issued 70,306 shares to Mr Guillaume Leger following satisfaction of the performance conditions for the 
performance period from commencement of his employment to 30 June 2023 (Tranche 1). 

On 7 December 2022, the Company issued 7,755,446 shares to the vendors of OBE relating to the 2019 acquisition in satisfaction of the 
third tranche of variable deferred consideration and second and final tranche of deferred consideration.

On 30 August 2022, the Company issued 2,768,359 shares relating to the FY20 LTIP vesting.

Share options – unissued shares

As at 31 July 2023 there were 17,003,651 share performance rights on issue (2022: 15,929,183)

Annual Report 2023

111

Corporate information

This annual report covers both Omni Bridgeway Limited as an individual entity and the consolidated entity comprising Omni Bridgeway 
Limited and its subsidiaries. The Group’s functional and presentation currency is AUD ($).

A description of the Group’s operations and of its principal activities is included in the review of operations and activities in the Directors’ 
Report. The Directors’ Report is not part of the Financial report.

Directors

Michael Kay

Andrew Saker

Non-Executive Director and Chairman

Managing Director & CEO and Chief Strategy Officer – US 

Raymond van Hulst

Executive Director, Managing Director and Co-Chief Investment Officer EMEA

Michael Bowen

Non-Executive Director (retired 30 November 2022)

Karen Phin

Non-Executive Director

Christine Feldmanis

Non-Executive Director

Michael Green

Non-Executive Director (formally appointed 28 April 2023)

Auditors

BDO AUDIT (WA) PTY LTD
Level 9 
Mia Yellagonga Tower 2 
5 Spring Street 
Perth WA 6000

Bankers

NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED
3/2 Carrington Street
Sydney NSW 2000

Internet address

www.omnibridgeway.com

Company Secretary

Jeremy Sambrook

Registered office and principal place 
of business in Australia

Level 7, 35 Clarence Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Phone: +61 (0)2 8223 3567
Fax: +61 (0)2 8223 3555

Solicitors

DLA PIPER
Level 9, 480 Queen Street
Brisbane QLD 4000

THOMSON GEER
Level 27, Exchange Tower 
2 The Esplanade 
Perth WA 6000

Share registry

COMPUTERSHARE
Level 11, 172 St Georges Terrace 
Perth WA 6000

The Company is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange with Sydney, Australia as its home exchange. Its ASX ticker symbol is “OBL” 
and its shares were trading as at the date of this report.

112

Omni Bridgeway

Glossary

Throughout Omni Bridgeway Limited’s (OBL, Company, Parent) publicly available information, the following terms have the meanings 
detailed in this glossary which shall be updated from time to time:

AASB

Addressable Market

Adverse cost

Australian Accounting Standards Board.

OBL’s estimate of the annual amount spent by claimants on external costs of dispute 
resolution (excluding enforcement) that could be addressed by OBL’s litigation funding 
service offering.

The cost that a losing party to litigation (in certain jurisdictions only) is required to pay to 
the winning party as compensation for the legal costs they have incurred in the process.

After the event (ATE) Insurance

Insurance cover to protect against adverse cost exposure.

AFSL

ALFA

American Waterfall

Americas

APAC

ASX

CAGR

Committed capital / Commitments

Capital deployed

Capitalised overheads

Australian Financial Services Licence.

Association of Litigation Funders of Australia.

The waterfall refers to the order in which investment proceeds in a fund are distributed 
between Fund participants. Under an American-style distribution performance fees are 
calculated by reference to completed investments only.

The geographic region of North and South America.

The geographic region incorporating Asia and the Pacific Region including Australia and 
New Zealand.

Australian Securities Exchange.

Compound annual growth rate.

The amount of funding that has been contracted to be provided by the Group to a 
litigation investment under a signed funding arrangement.
It is equal to the total amount of capital to be provided to external parties that is either 
(i) committed to investments where there is a capped amount; or (ii) the estimated 
budgeted amount to run the investment to completion where the investment is open–
ended It does not include co-funder contributions, possible overheads to be capitalised;
Unless part of the investment thesis it does not include possible adverse costs that may 
become payable if the underlying litigation loses. For ongoing Fund 6 investments it 
includes possible adverse costs that may become payable (where applicable).
Levels are reviewed and updated where necessary.

Is equal to the total external expenditure on investments.
For completed investments it includes any net adverse costs. It does not include co-
funder contributions.

Internal costs (including borrowing costs and direct staff costs) that are incurred in 
relation to Investments that are not expensed in the period they were incurred but 
added to the investment carrying value and recognised through the profit and loss in line 
with the completion of each respective investment.
Capitalisation occurs at the OBL and consolidation level, not within each Fund and does 
not affect portfolio or Fund performance, waterfall or fees.

Completed investments / Completion

Refers to merits investments where the underlying litigation has progressed to a state 
where there no further risk to the legal result as the litigation has finalisation by either 
settlement, judgement, or arbitrator determination, for or against the funded claimant, 
notwithstanding that such finalisation may be conditional upon certain matters such as 
court approval.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
For enforcement investments completion is that the point where there is no further 
recovery action planned.

Direct balance sheet

Relates to investment of the Group that are not held via a Fund.

CGU

Cash-generating unit which is defined as the smallest group of assets that generates 
largely independent cash inflows. 

Distressed Asset Recovery Program (DARP) A strategic program of the World Bank’s International Finance Corporation to reduce the 

effects of poverty in emerging markets by preventing the loss of assets and allowing 
access to formal credit, while helping to preserve jobs. Refer to Fund 7.

DRP

ELFA

EMEA

Enforcement investment

ESG

EPS

Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

European Litigation Funders Association.

The geographic region incorporating Europe, Middle East and Africa where the Group 
invests and offers its products and services.

Refers to investments where the underlying dispute has a debt &/or judicial finding that 
is not being honoured and requires action to be collected.

Environmental, social and governance.

Earnings per share.

Annual Report 2023

113

Glossary continued

Estimated Portfolio Value (EPV)

OBL’s estimate of the value that may be achieved from an investment’s underlying 
litigation from time-to-time. 
For an investment where the funding entity earns:
i.

a percentage of the resolution proceeds arising from the underlying litigation or 
enforcement as a funding commission, EPV is the estimate of the investment’s 
recoverable amount after considering the perceived capacity of the defendant to 
meet the claim and any other pertinent factors. Such amount is not necessarily the 
amount being claimed, nor is it an estimate of the return to the Group if the 
investment is successful. It includes the amount to the funded client and to the 
Group. It does not include co-funder portion
a funding commission calculated as a multiple of the capital deployed; EPV is arrived 
at by taking the estimated potential income from the investment to the funding entity 
and grossing this up to an EPV using the Long–Term Conversion Rate at the time 
estimation. It does not include co-funder portion, or

ii.

iii. a funding commission calculated on a combination of the above bases or on an 
alternative basis, arriving at the EPV may utilise one of the above methodologies, 
or a hybrid construct, or an alternative methodology depending upon the 
components of the funding commission.

OBE Group’s EPV has been estimated on a conceptually consistent basis noting that, 
enforcement case investments may have a multi–layered approach from a timing and 
value perspective.
Regardless of how calculated, an EPV is an estimate and is subject to change over time 
for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to, changes in circumstances and 
knowledge relating to an investment or the defendant(s) perceived capacity to meet the 
claim, partial recovery and, where applicable, ability to enforce or recover.
Possible EPVs are reviewed and updated where necessary.

Refer to income conversion rate.

The waterfall refers to the order in which investment proceeds in a fund are distributed 
between participants. Under an European-style distribution, performance fees are 
calculated by reference to all fund investments and not just completed investments. 
The manager will not participate in a portion of profits/performance fee/carry until the 
full amount of investor’s capital and preferred return have been fully satisfied.

Means a holder of Shares (or a person who seeks to be registered as a holder of Shares) 
whom the directors of OBL have determined (i) is a US Person who is not a Qualified 
Purchaser or a Knowledgeable Employee or (ii) holds or will hold Shares for the account 
or benefit of any US Person who is not a Qualified Purchaser or a Knowledgeable 
Employee

OBL’s Fund 1, & Fund 2&3; which were established by the Group in 2017 with generally 
consistent terms.

OBL’s Fund 8 as raised in 2022.

The amount of capital agreed to be provide to an OBL Fund from OBL and external 
investors.

Means funds, or fund like structures, that OBL manages, advises and invests into. 
It includes Fund 1, Fund 2&3, Fund 4, Fund 5, Fund 6, Fund 7 and Fund 8.

EPV conversion rate

European Waterfall

Excluded US Person

First Generation Fund (s)

Fourth Generation Fund

Fund Commitments

Funds

Funded investments

Refers to investments where the Group has entered an unconditional binding contract.

FUM /Funds under Management 
Commitments

The aggregate amount of Fund commitments (whether called or uncalled) for all the OBL 
funds that are in operation at any point in time.

Funds deployed

Fund 1

Funds 2&3

Fund 4

Fund 4 (series II)

Fund 5

Refer to Capital deployed.

Funding structure for Litigation investments in the US established in 2017. A participation 
in the fund was sold in May 2023 and is now deconsolidated from the group. OBL 
continues to manage the Fund.

Funding structure for Litigation investments in the RoW established in 2017 with Fund 
commitments of AUD 189 million.

Funding structure for Litigation investments in the US established in 2019 with Fund 
commitments of USD 500 million.

Potential Funding structure to follow-on from Fund 4 with same mandate.

Funding structure for Litigation investments in the RoW established in 2019 with Fund 
commitments of USD 500 million.
The Fund commitments from external investors are in structures that are not 
consolidated within the Group. OBL’s 20% interest is via a parallel investing vehicle that 
is consolidated.
In certain disclosures we specifically include 100% of Fund 5; this approach aggregates 
the external investors’ interests with those of OBL to facilitate direct comparison between 
all Funds (as the other Funds are consolidated & hence disclosed at 100%).

Fund 5 (series II)

Potential funding structure for Litigation investments in the RoW. 

Fund 6

Fund 7

114

Omni Bridgeway

Funding structure for investments focused on EMEA purchased as part of OBE Group 
in 2019.
Established in 2017 with Fund commitments of EUR 188 million

A joint venture with the IFC/World Bank to facilitate DARP. Fund 7 is designed to invest 
in non-performing loans in the MENA region.
Established in 2019 with Fund commitments of USD 100 million (including USD 50 million 
from Fund 6).

Fund 8

IC

IC approved / conditionally funded

Funding structure established in 2022 focused on investing up to EUR 150 million in 
global enforcement investments.

Investment Committee(s) – OBL’s ultimate investment decision making bodies involving 
internal & external members.

Refers to investments that are approved by the Group’s internal investment process but 
have not reached an unconditional status. This may relate to the state of the funding 
contract, or book build, loss quantification, discovery or other evidence requirements.

ICC

IFRS

ILFA

IMF

Implied Embedded Value (IEV)

Income conversion rate

International Chamber of Commerce.

International Financial Reporting Standards.

International Legal Finance Association.

IMF Bentham Limited and its Group, now known as OBL following a name change 
in 2020.

IEV is the product of multiplying the EPV by the LTCR. IEV is formulaic calculation of the 
gross proceed value that may possibly be generated from the portfolio of Funded 
investments at any point of time based upon its EPV and the group’s historic 
performance.
The LTCR is used for all IEV calculations notwithstanding that an EPV conversion rate 
of a particular fund may vary, sometimes materially from the LTCR. The smaller data set 
of a fund level EPV conversion rate makes that measure inherently more volatile than the 
global LTCR.
It is important to note that IEV is not a forecast or estimate of future income by Omni 
Bridgeway itself as this does not account for the structure and return arrangements of 
Omni Bridgeway for each fund.
IEV is instead a statement of the amount of gross proceeds which would be generated 
if each investment in the portfolio were to complete for an amount equal to the LTCR of 
the present EPV. Future performance, including the actual conversion rate realised, may 
exceed, or fall below historic performance of the LTCR.

Is the rate that EPV of completed investments converts to income for any period.
It Includes investments that fully completed in the period and the total income 
recognised over the investments’ life and excludes partial completions in the period.
This rate includes consideration of lost investments.

Investment Committee (IC) (s)

Its members comprise both OBL executives and external appointees.

Investment commitment

Refer to committed capital/commitments.

Income v revenue terminology

Income yet to be recognised

Internal rate of return (IRR)

Investment committed capital

Invested capital

Knowledgeable Employee

Income, revenue and proceeds are generally used interchangeably for realised sums on 
litigation investments regardless of how IFRS may classify the assets and its 
consequential P&L disclosure.

Is the estimated value of income that may be generated from investments that are 
substantially complete from a litigation perspective at that point in time but have not fully 
satisfied revenue recognition accounting standards and our policies. It is subject to 
change and relates to substantially completed investments with conditional settlements 
or judgements on appeal which may be recognised in future periods.

Is a discount rate that makes the net present value (NPV) of investment flows equal to 
zero in a discounted cash flow analysis. It is calculated on aggregated underlying journal 
entries for each completed case. Calculation includes losses and adverse costs but 
excludes consideration of capitalised overheads, operating overheads, and withdrawals.
The IRR from completed investments may vary materially over time.
By providing this historical information, OBL has not been and is not now in any way 
providing earnings guidance for future periods.

Is the amount of funding that has been contracted to an investment under a signed 
funding arrangement.
It is equal to the total capital either (i) committed to investments where there is a capped 
amount; or (ii) the estimated budgeted amount to run the case to completion of hearing 
where the investment is open–ended, translated to Australian dollars at the foreign 
exchange spot rate prevailing on the reporting date. It does not include possible 
overheads to be capitalised.
It does not include possible adverse costs that may become payable if a case loss. For 
ongoing Fund 6 investments it includes possible adverse costs that may become payable 
(where applicable).
Commitment levels are reviewed and updated where necessary.

refer to Capital deployed

As per the SEC’s Rule 3c-5 under the US Investment Company act of 1940,  
Knowledgeable Employee with respect to any Covered Company means any natural 
person who is: (i) An Executive Officer, director, trustee, general partner, advisory board 
member, or person serving in a similar capacity, of the Covered Company or an Affiliated 
Management Person of the Covered Company.

LatAm (Latin America)

The geographic region spanning Central and South America.

Annual Report 2023

115

Glossary continued

Long Term Conversion Rate (LTCR)

Is the rate of Income conversion that the group has experienced on all completed 
investments over its life.
Whilst noting that past performance is not necessarily an indication of future 
performance, past performance indicates that the Group’s litigation funding investments 
(excluding OBE Group investments) have generated average gross income of 
approximately 15% of EPV at the at the time of completion.

LTIP

Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Malus and clawback event provisions

These are provisions whereby participants in the LTIP may in the event of certain 
specified conduct such as fraud, forfeit all or a portion of their performance rights or the 
resulting shares or be required to repay all or a portion of their sale proceeds from such 
securities.

Managed Investment Scheme (MIS)

An investment structure regulated under Australian Corporation Law regulations.

Management fees

MENA

Merits investment

MOIC

NCI

OBE Group

OBL

OCA

Other costs

Performance fees

Possible completion periods (PCP)

PPA

Management fees are received for the provision of investment management services 
provided and are paid quarterly in arrears calculated on the net invested capital. 

Middle East & North America.

Refers to investments where the underlying dispute involves ongoing questions about 
facts, damages or legal outcome and there is a risk around a judicial decision.

Multiple on invested capital.

Non-controlling interest.
This represents the interests of external Fund investors in funds that are consolidated 
within the Group, in accordance with each of the respective Funds’ return waterfall.

Omni Bridgeway Holdings BV and subsidiaries; it includes Fund 6 and Fund 7.

Omni Bridgeway Limited (ABN 45 067 298 088).

OBL On-line Client Administration Proprietary Database.

Includes unrecoverable due diligence costs and for Funds 2&3 and Fund 5 it additionally 
includes the cost of the After–the–Event insurance policy premium.

OBL is entitled to be paid a performance fee in connection with the management of each 
investment subject to the IRR generated. These are paid out of proceeds arising from the 
realisation of an investment.

The possible completion period is the current estimate of the period in which an 
investment may finalised. It is not a projection or forecast. An investment may finalise 
earlier or later than the identified period for various reasons.
For enforcement investments, it may be split across multiple possible completion 
periods. There are a variety of reasons for this which are all reflective of the nature of 
enforcement investments, for example there may be multiple underlying actions with a 
commensurate number of completions, or a single completion with a tranched 
settlement payment structure.
PCP is a dynamic concept and is subject to regular review and updating to take account 
of the circumstances of the underlying investment. It is to be expected that the PCP for 
some investments within the portfolio will be adjusted at each reporting date
PCP is not necessarily the same as anticipated IFRS income recognition period governing 
income recognition rules.or all investments, it may not follow that the financial result will 
be accounted for, nor that cash will be collected, in the year of finalisation.

Purchase price adjustment is the adjustment in value ascribed to the investments 
purchased with OBE compared to their carrying cost at the time of the business 
combination in 2019.
Adjustment occurs at the OBL and consolidation level, not within OBE Group and does 
not affect portfolio or Fund performance, waterfall or fees.

Principle protection cover

Insurance cover to protect against risk of losing the Capital deployed to an investment.

Qualified Purchaser  

Resolution Sum    

Rest of world (RoW)/ non–USA

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

SIAC

Second Generation Fund

Secondary market sale

116

Omni Bridgeway

Has the meaning given in Section 2(a)(51) of the US Investment Company Act of 1940 and 
the rules and regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission.

Means the total amount of any money, services, benefits and/or any in-kind assets that 
becomes due or is collected in accord with the underlying litigation or enforcement. It is 
before allowing for any amounts due to the funder, lawyers or other advisers or 
participants. The funder earns a share of this Resolution sum in accord with the funding 
arrangements.

includes all regions, excluding the United States of America, in which OBL has or may 
have investments, LatAm.

Is the ratio of profit made above the investment cost is calculated on completed 
investments across their entire life (not on an annualised basis)
Unless expressly stated to the contrary, it excludes consideration of capitalised 
overheads, operating overheads, and withdrawals from investments.
It is calculated as gross investment income less all total expenditure (including any 
adverse costs), divided by total investment expenditure (excluding any adverse costs).

Singapore International Arbitration Centre

OBL’s Fund 4 and Fund 5 - established by the Group in 2019 with generally consistent 
terms.

A sale (in whole or part of) an existing litigation investment to another litigation investor 
at a point during the life of the investment before completion.

SPV

STIP

Success rate

Success – legal

Success – financial

Special purpose vehicle

Short-Term Incentive Plan

Refers to % of investments where the underlying litigation has completed in a manner 
that causes the funder to have received more that it deployed.

Refers to investments where the underlying litigation has completed to the benefit of the 
funded party.

Refers to investments where the underlying litigation has completed in a manner that 
causes the funder to have received more that it deployed.

TFR

Total Fixed Remuneration

Third Generation Fund / Purchased fund

OBL’s Fund 6 and Fund 7; which were established by OBE group and acquired as part 
of the 2019 acquisition of that group by IMF

TSR

US Person

Withdrawal

$ weighted average

Total shareholder return.

Any natural person resident in the United States is a US person according to Rule 
902(k)(1)(i) of Regulation S. In C&DI 276.01, the SEC staff clarified that a person that has 
permanent resident status in the US (a so-called Green Card holder) is presumed to be 
a US resident for purposes of Regulation S.

Refers to investments where the funder has ceased funding before the underlying 
litigation has completed.

Is the average of results allowing for the respective relative AUD values of the 
sample inputs.

Total addressable market information sources – pages 16-17

1. US: Thomas, Brigette, Industry Research Reports United States 54111, “Law Firms in the US”, IBISWorld, January 2023, pp 8, 10 / Thomson Reuters Institute and 

Georgetown Law Center on Ethics and the Legal Profession, “2023 Report on the State of the Legal Market”, Thomson Reuters Institute and Georgetown Law Center 
on Ethics and the Legal Profession January 2023 p 25.

2. Canada: Thomas, Brigette, Industry Research Reports Canada 54111CA, “Law Firms in Canada”, IBISWorld, May 2023, p 9.

3. UK: IRN Legal Reports, “UK Legal Services Market Trends Report 2023”, March 2023 p 5 / Lythe, Oliver, Industry Research Reports United Kingdom M69.100, 

“Legal Activities in the UK”, IBISWorld, July 2023 p 7.

4. Europe: MarketLine Industry Guide, Reference MLIG230001-01, “Legal Services Global Industry Guide 2018-2027”, Marketline, July 2023, p 54.

5. Asia: MarketLine Industry Guide, Reference MLIG230001-01, “Legal Services Global Industry Guide 2018-2027”, Marketline, July 2023, p 39 and Marketline Legal Services 

data.

6. Australia: Gannon, Darcy, Industry Research Reports Australia M6931, “Legal Services in Australia”, IBISWorld, February 2023, p 9 / Thomson Reuters Institute 

and The University of Melbourne, “2022 Australia: State of the Legal Market Report”, Thomson Reuters & University of Melbourne, August 2022, p 8.

7. NZ: Kyriakopoulos, Arthur, Industry Research Reports New Zealand M6931NZ, “Legal Services in New Zealand”, IBISWorld, September 2022, pp 8, 9.

Annual Report 2023

117

Non-IFRS financial information and disclosure

Non-IFRS financial information included in OBL’s Annual (and Half-year) Report, associated result presentations, quarterly investment 
portfolio announcement and other materials has been prepared in accordance with ASIC Regulatory Guidance 230 – Disclosing Non-IFRS financial 
information, issued December 2011.

Such information has not been audited or reviewed.

Non-IFRS financial information is financial information that is presented other than in accordance with all relevant accounting standards. 
The Group believes that given the unique nature of its business the inclusion of non-IFRS information is useful for investors and other 
users. In our disclosures it includes, EPV, IEV, LTCR, commitment, deployed, completion, PCP, preferred return, income yet to be 
recognised, investment income and other terms be-spoke to OBL. In certain instances, it is simply redisplaying IFRS information differently 
(e.g. ”cash table” or “completion table” is readily reconcilable to the IFRS disclosures.)

Whilst our statutory financial reports provide historical financial information that are prepared in accordance with accounting standards 
and other financial reporting requirements of the Corporations Act and have the objective of ensuring consistent and comparable 
reporting of historical financial performance, position and cash flows over and between entities; our Non-IFRS material contains 
information aimed to assist in informed assessment of the Group’s operations, financial position, business strategies and prospects. 
It is provided to more fully explain the performance and financial position of the Group so as to provide an understanding of the 
underlying business and the drivers of profit.

The Group’s non-IFRS financial information is calculated consistently from period to period; is unbiased and does not remove ‘bad news’. 
Definitions and assumptions around calculations, are provided as appropriate. Where such information is a re-presentation, re-
classification or a subset of IFRS material, the identifiable IFRS components are provided in order to prove a link to the statutory financial 
reports.

The primary rationale for the majority of our non-IFRS information is to provide an indicative view of the size, value and diversification 
of the Group’s litigation investments (however accounted for); our past economic performance regarding litigation investments and the 
interplay between OBL and NCI attribution. We feel that this is necessary due to the complex (& not readily understood or comparable) 
nature of our accounting and structural treatment. This is amplified by the overriding requirement of most of our litigation investments 
being required to be carried at cost (less any impairment).

Additionally, in certain disclosures we include 100% of Fund 5; this approach aggregates the external investors’ interests with those 
of OBL to facilitate direct comparison between all Funds (as the other Funds are consolidated & hence disclosed at 100%).

118

Omni Bridgeway

Assumptions relating to the provisional attribution 
of implied embedded value, estimated management fees 
and potential performance fees

The attribution of implied embedded value (IEV) 
between OBL equity and non controlling interests 
(NCI) has been prepared based upon the following 
underlying assumptions:

• All unconditionally funded investments in the Group’s 
investment portfolio at the date stated (Portfolio 
Investment(s)) complete in the selected Possible Completion 
Period (PCP).

Possible completion period (PCP):
• PCP is a dynamic concept, subject to regular review 
to take account of each investment's circumstance

•

It is to be expected that the PCP for some investments 
will be adjusted at each reporting date.

• PCP is not necessarily the same as anticipated IFRS income 

recognition period.

• All Portfolio Investments are completed at their full estimated 

Estimated management fee assumptions:

portfolio value (EPV).

• Funds 4 and 5 earn management fees of up to 2.15% of 

• The income received by the Omni Bridgeway funding entity 

external capital deployed as well as additional service fees. 

•

Includes Fund 6 management and servicing contribution 
which is recognised as an equity contribution and anticipated 
service fees from Fund 8.

• This approximation of management fees assumes that the 
net deployed capital grows in FY24 at approximately 17%. 
In practice, net deployed capital may vary over a given period, 
including delays or accelerations of investment completions 
or expenditure of investment budgets.

Potential performance fee assumptions:

• To determine the potential performance fees in Fund 4 and 

Fund 5, it is assumed that:
–

the income received by the applicable Omni Bridgeway 
funding entity equals the full IEV of an investment.

–

investments complete in line with the Group’s historical 
ROIC which is used to divide the IEV between the return 
of investor capital and the portfolio investment profit upon 
which performance fees are payable.

• The respective Fund 4 and Fund 5  performance fee waterfalls 
are then used to calculate the potential range of performance 
fees depending upon the applicable IRR achieved across the 
relevant investment portfolios.

• Past performance is not necessarily an indicator of future 
performance. This analysis is based on the hypothetical 
scenario of Fund 4 and Fund 5 investments completing at a 
normalised EPV conversion rate of 15% to their respective EPV 
at 30 June 2023, at an assumed ROIC. In practice, the portfolios 
will complete over multiple time periods with metrics different 
to those assumed.

upon the completion of a Portfolio Investment reflects the long 
term conversion rate (LTCR) (which includes losses) and hence 
equals the full IEV of an investment. 

• The residual capital to be deployed in Funds 2&3 is deployed 

in equal portions during FY24 and FY25.

• For Funds 4 and 5 the attribution is split solely in proportion 

to capital commitments.

• For Fund 6 the attribution to OBL equity reflects the historic 
blended average proportion of proceeds received by OBL 
equity (excluding performance fees).

• FX rates are assumed to remain constant across the periods.

• Performance fees in Funds 4, 5 and 6 have been excluded from 
the attribution to OBL and hence any performance fees earned 
will see an IEV attribution shift from NCI to OBL equity.

The sensitivity analysis provided uses the following 
assumptions:
•

IEV is adjusted to reflect variations in the income conversion 
rate from the LTCR of 15%. The selected sensitivity rates are 
10% and 20%.

• EPV of material impaired investments are excluded from 
EPV with commensurate flow-on to IEV and attribution.

• PCP on all Portfolio Investments is delayed by 12 months. 

Duration risk has traditionally been addressed through a time 
based pricing escalator. Historically these capped out at a 
certain level, leaving the Group exposed to further delays. 
We have sought to address the risk by incorporating some 
additional IRR protection provisions. The 12 month delay 
sensitivity does not incorporate the effects of these duration 
protections and assumes the income is the IEV at whatever 
time it is received.

Estimated portfolio value (EPV) assumptions:
• EPV includes all Portfolio Investments, irrespective of 
impairment provided, the Group believes there are 
positive prospects of ultimate success.

• Conditionally funded and IC approved investments are 

not included in the EPV.

Disclaimer
None of the content in the Omni Bridgeway Limited (OBL) Annual Report is an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities of OBL or any other company 
affiliated with OBL. In addition, nothing herein should be construed as an offer to buy or sell, nor a solicitation of an offer to buy or sell, any security or other financial 
instrument, or to invest assets in any account managed or advised by OBL or its affiliates. This Annual Report is for the use of OBL’s public shareholders and is not an 
offering of any OBL private fund.

Annual Report 2023

119

San Francisco
+1 415 231 0363

50 California Street 
Suite 2930
San Francisco CA 94111
United States

Washington, D.C.
+1 771 213 5181

2101 L Street, N.W.
Suite 925
Washington, D.C. 20037
United States

Montreal
+1 514 257 6971

60 rue St-Jacques
Bureau 401
Montréal QC H2Y 1L5
Canada

Toronto
+1 416 583 5720

250 The Esplanade
Suite 127
Toronto ON M5A 1J2
Canada

Montevideo
+1 514 257 6971

Uruguay

Americas

Chicago
+1 872 260 2057

500 West Madison Street 
Suite 1000
Chicago IL 60661 
United States

Dallas
+1 212 488 5331

United States

Houston
+1 713 965 7919

LyondellBasell Tower
1221 McKinney Street
Suite 2860
Houston TX 77010
United States

Los Angeles
+1 213 550 2687

555 W. Fifth Street
Suite 3310
Los Angeles CA 90013
United States

Miami
+1 786 891 2228

United States

Minneapolis
+1 612 488 9211

60 South 6th Street 
Suite 2800
Minneapolis MN 55402 
United States

New York
+1 212 488 5331

437 Madison Avenue 
36th Floor
New York NY 10022
United States

Asia Pacific

Melbourne
+61 3 9913 3301

Level 3
Bourke Place
600 Bourke Street
Melbourne VIC 3000
Australia

Perth
+61 8 9225 2300

Level 10
66 St Georges Terrace
Perth WA 6000
Australia

Sydney 
+61 2 8223 3567

Level 7
35 Clarence Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Australia

Hong Kong
+852 3978 2629

Level 27 
World-Wide House
19 Des Voeux Road Central
Central, Hong Kong

Singapore
+65 6813 2647

Level 13-03
6 Battery Road 
Singapore 049909

Auckland
+64 277 470 369

Commercial Bay Tower 
Level 17 
11-19 Customs Street 
West Auckland 1010
New Zealand

Europe, 
Middle East & Africa

Amsterdam  
+31 70 338 4343

Schiphol Boulevard 121
1118 BG Schiphol 
Amsterdam
The Netherlands

Cologne
+49 221 801155-0

Gereonstr. 43-65
50670 Cologne
Germany

Geneva
+41 22 818 6300

Rue de la Rôtisserie 4
1204 Geneva
Switzerland

London
+44 203 968 6061

Holborn Gate
330 High Holborn
London WC1V 7QH
United Kingdom

Madrid
+31 70 338 4343

Spain

Milan
+39 339 448 3907

Via Fatebenefratelli, 5
20121 Milano MI
Italy

Paris
+33 6 5159 4359

31 rue du Colisée
75008 Paris
France

Dubai
+971 4 514 4608

Unit 1905, Level 19 
Index Tower
Dubai International 
Financial Centre
507152 Dubai
United Arab Emirates

omnibridgeway.com